WO2000072242A1 - Method and system for online purchasing - Google Patents

Method and system for online purchasing Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2000072242A1
WO2000072242A1 PCT/AU2000/000519 AU0000519W WO0072242A1 WO 2000072242 A1 WO2000072242 A1 WO 2000072242A1 AU 0000519 W AU0000519 W AU 0000519W WO 0072242 A1 WO0072242 A1 WO 0072242A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
data
parameter
purchasmg
netpage
page
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/AU2000/000519
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Paul Lapstun
Original Assignee
Silverbrook Research Pty. Ltd.
Silverbrook, Kia
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from AUPQ0559A external-priority patent/AUPQ055999A0/en
Priority claimed from AUPQ1312A external-priority patent/AUPQ131299A0/en
Priority claimed from AUPQ1313A external-priority patent/AUPQ131399A0/en
Priority claimed from AUPQ2912A external-priority patent/AUPQ291299A0/en
Priority claimed from AUPQ3632A external-priority patent/AUPQ363299A0/en
Priority to JP2000620561A priority Critical patent/JP4606598B2/en
Priority to AT00929035T priority patent/ATE492857T1/en
Priority to BR0010849-9A priority patent/BR0010849A/en
Priority to CA002371538A priority patent/CA2371538A1/en
Priority to EP00929035A priority patent/EP1224614B1/en
Priority to DE60045420T priority patent/DE60045420D1/en
Application filed by Silverbrook Research Pty. Ltd., Silverbrook, Kia filed Critical Silverbrook Research Pty. Ltd.
Priority to IL14660700A priority patent/IL146607A0/en
Priority to MXPA01012069A priority patent/MXPA01012069A/en
Priority to AU47258/00A priority patent/AU776862B2/en
Publication of WO2000072242A1 publication Critical patent/WO2000072242A1/en
Priority to IL146607A priority patent/IL146607A/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q30/00Commerce
    • G06Q30/06Buying, selling or leasing transactions
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q20/00Payment architectures, schemes or protocols
    • G06Q20/08Payment architectures
    • G06Q20/14Payment architectures specially adapted for billing systems
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q20/00Payment architectures, schemes or protocols
    • G06Q20/08Payment architectures
    • G06Q20/10Payment architectures specially adapted for electronic funds transfer [EFT] systems; specially adapted for home banking systems
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q20/00Payment architectures, schemes or protocols
    • G06Q20/08Payment architectures
    • G06Q20/10Payment architectures specially adapted for electronic funds transfer [EFT] systems; specially adapted for home banking systems
    • G06Q20/102Bill distribution or payments
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q20/00Payment architectures, schemes or protocols
    • G06Q20/08Payment architectures
    • G06Q20/20Point-of-sale [POS] network systems
    • G06Q20/208Input by product or record sensing, e.g. weighing or scanner processing
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q20/00Payment architectures, schemes or protocols
    • G06Q20/30Payment architectures, schemes or protocols characterised by the use of specific devices or networks
    • G06Q20/36Payment architectures, schemes or protocols characterised by the use of specific devices or networks using electronic wallets or electronic money safes
    • G06Q20/367Payment architectures, schemes or protocols characterised by the use of specific devices or networks using electronic wallets or electronic money safes involving electronic purses or money safes
    • G06Q20/3674Payment architectures, schemes or protocols characterised by the use of specific devices or networks using electronic wallets or electronic money safes involving electronic purses or money safes involving authentication
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q20/00Payment architectures, schemes or protocols
    • G06Q20/38Payment protocols; Details thereof
    • G06Q20/382Payment protocols; Details thereof insuring higher security of transaction
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q30/00Commerce
    • G06Q30/04Billing or invoicing
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q30/00Commerce
    • G06Q30/06Buying, selling or leasing transactions
    • G06Q30/0601Electronic shopping [e-shopping]
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q30/00Commerce
    • G06Q30/06Buying, selling or leasing transactions
    • G06Q30/0601Electronic shopping [e-shopping]
    • G06Q30/0633Lists, e.g. purchase orders, compilation or processing
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q30/00Commerce
    • G06Q30/06Buying, selling or leasing transactions
    • G06Q30/0601Electronic shopping [e-shopping]
    • G06Q30/0641Shopping interfaces
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q40/00Finance; Insurance; Tax strategies; Processing of corporate or income taxes
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q40/00Finance; Insurance; Tax strategies; Processing of corporate or income taxes
    • G06Q40/03Credit; Loans; Processing thereof
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q50/00Systems or methods specially adapted for specific business sectors, e.g. utilities or tourism
    • G06Q50/10Services
    • G06Q50/18Legal services; Handling legal documents
    • G06Q50/188Electronic negotiation
    • GPHYSICS
    • G07CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07FCOIN-FREED OR LIKE APPARATUS
    • G07F17/00Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services
    • G07F17/26Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services for printing, stamping, franking, typing or teleprinting apparatus

Definitions

  • the present invention relates generally to methods, systems and apparatus for interacting with computers More particularly, the invention relates to making online purchases utilizing such methods, systems and apparatus
  • the invention has been developed primarily to allow a large number of distributed users to interact with networked information via printed matter and optical sensors, thereby to obtain interactive printed matter on demand via high-speed networked color printers
  • the invention will largely be desc ⁇ bed herein with reference to this use, it will be appreciated that the invention is not limited to use in this field
  • PCT/AU00/00537 PCT/AUOO/00538, PCT/AU00/00539, PCT/AUOO/00540 PCT/AU00/00541, PCT/AU00/00542,
  • PCT/AU00/00580 PCT/AU00/00582, PCT/AU00/00587, PCT/AU00/00588, PCT/AU00/00589, PCT/AU00/00583,
  • BACKGROUND Online purchasing is typically carried out by selecting items from an online catalog of items and adding them to an online shopping cart Once all required items have been added to the shopping cart a payment method is selected and the order is submitted The items may then be shipped to the customer's address
  • Mail-order purchasing is typically carried out by selecting items from a pre-p ⁇ nted catalog delivered by mail, filling in an associated order form and submitting the order by mail, or submitting the order by telephone
  • the present invention provides, in a first aspect, a method of online purchasing, the method including the steps of providing a potential purchaser with a form containing information relating to a purchasing transaction, the form including coded data indicative of an identity of the form and of at least one reference point of the form, receiving, in a computer sy stem indicating data from a sensing device regarding the identity of the form and a position of the sensing device relative to the form, the sensing device, when placed in an operative position relative to the form, sensing the indicating data usmg at least some of the coded data, and identifymg, m the computer system and from the indicating data, at least one parameter relatmg to the purchasing transaction
  • At least one parameter relatmg to the purchasing transaction is associated with at least one zone of the form and in which the method mcludes identifymg, m the computer system and from the zone relative to which the sensmg device is located, said at least one parameter
  • the method further mcludes receivmg, m the computer system, data regarding movement of the sensing device relative to the form, the sensing device sensmg its movement relative to the form usmg at least some of the coded data
  • the method mcludes identifymg, in the computer system and from said movement bemg at least partially within said at least one zone, said at least one parameter of the purchasing transaction
  • the mvention provides a method of enablmg online purchasing, the method mcludmg the steps of providing a potential purchaser with a form containing mformation relatmg to a purchasing transaction, the form mcludmg coded data mdicative of at least one parameter of the purchasing transaction, receiving, m a computer system, data from a sensmg device regarding said at least one parameter and regarding movement of the sensing device relative to the form, the sensing device, when moved relative to the form, sensmg the data regarding said at least one parameter usmg at least some of the coded data
  • the coded data is also mdicative of at least one parameter of the purchasing transaction, and the method mcludes receivmg, in the computer system, indicating data from the sensmg device regarding said at least one parameter of the purchasing transaction, the sensmg device sensmg the indicating data usmg at least some of the coded data
  • the method includes receiving, m the computer system, data from the sensmg device regarding movement of the sensing device relative to the form, the sensing device generating data regarding its own movement relative to the form
  • the parameter is an action parameter of the purchasing transaction, the method mcludmg effecting, m the computer system, an operation m respect of the action parameter
  • the action parameter of the purchasing transaction is selected from the group compnsmg requestmg information relating to an item to be purchased, selecting an item to purchase, selecting the quantity of an item to be purchased, viewing a shopping cart and submitting a purchasing order
  • the mvention provides a system for enablmg online purchasing, the system mcludmg a form contammg information relatmg to a purchasing transaction, the form mcludmg coded data mdicative of at least one parameter of the purchasmg transaction, and a computer system for receivmg data from a sensmg device regardmg said at least one parameter and regardmg movement of the sensmg device relative to the form, and for mterpretmg said movement of the sensmg device as it relates to said at least one parameter, the sensmg device, when moved relative to the form, sensmg the data regardmg said at least one parameter usmg at least some of the coded data and generatmg the data regarding its own movement relative to the form
  • the mvention provides a system for enablmg online purchasmg, the system mcludmg a form mcludmg coded data mdicative of an identity of the form, and a computer system for receivmg from a sensmg device data regardmg an identity of the potential purchaser and the identity of the form, and for identifymg, from said received data, a purchasmg transaction, the sensmg device contammg the data regardmg the identity of the potential purchaser and sensmg the data regardmg the identity of the form usmg at least some of the coded data
  • the mvention provides a system for enablmg online purchasmg, the system mcludmg a form mcludmg coded data mdicative of an identity of the form, and a computer system for receivmg from a sensmg device data regarding an identify of the potential purchaser and the identity of the form, and for identifymg, from said received data, a purchasmg transaction, the sensmg device contammg the data regardmg the identity of the potential purchaser and sensmg the data regardmg the identity of the form usmg at least some of the coded data
  • the present mvention provides a system and a method which utilizes one or more forms capable of mteractmg with a computer system Whilst the novel method and system of the present mvention may be used m conjunction with a smgle computer system, m a particularly preferred form it is designed to operate over a computer network, such as the Internet Physically, the form is disposed on a surface medium of any suitable structure However, m a preferred arrangement, the form is disposed on sheet mate ⁇ al such as paper or the like which has the coded data prmted on it and which allows interaction with the computer system The coded data is detectable preferably, but not exclusively, outside the visible spectrum, thereby enablmg it to be machine-readable but substantially invisible to the human eye
  • the form may also mclude visible material which provides information to a user, such as the application or purpose of the form, and which visible information may be registered or correlate m position with the relevant hidden coded data
  • the system also mcludes a sensmg device to convey data from the form to the computer system, and m some instances, to contribute additional data Agam, the sensmg device may take a variety of forms but is preferably compact and easily portable
  • the sensmg device is configured as a pen which is designed to be able to physically mark the form as well as to selectively enable the coded data from the form to be read and transmitted to the computer system
  • the coded data then provides control mformation, configured such that designation thereof by a user causes instructions to be applied to the software running on the computer system or network
  • the coded data on the form is mdicative of the identity of the form and of at least one reference point on that form
  • the form mcludes coded data which is mdicative of a parameter of the form
  • the sensmg device is operative to provide data regardmg its own movement relative to that form to the computer system together with coded data from the form
  • the form mcludes the coded data which at least identifies the form
  • the sensmg device is designed to provide, to the computer system, data based on the form coded data, and also on data which identifies the user of the device
  • the system and method also employs specially designed prmters to prmt the form Further these pnnters constitute or form part of the computer system and are designed to receive data from the sensmg device As mdicated above, the system and method of the mvention is ideally suited to operate over a network In this arrangement, the pnnters are fully mtegrated mto the network and allow for prmtmg of the forms on demand and also for distnbutmg of the forms usmg a mixture of multicast and pomtcast communication protocols
  • the present mvention provides methods and systems which use a paper and pen based mterface for a computer system This provides many significant benefits over traditional computer systems
  • paper is that it is widely used to display and record mformation Further, pnnted information is easier to read than mformation displayed on a computer screen Moreover, paper does not run on battenes, can be read m bnght light, or robustly accepts coffee spills or the like and is portable and disposable Furthermore, the system allows for hand-drawing and hand-wntmg to be captured which affords greater nchness of expression than mput via a computer keyboard and mouse
  • the present mvention therefore provides a novel system and method for enablmg online purchasmg making use of novel surface interfaces
  • Figure 1 is a schematic of a the relationship between a sample pnnted netpage and its online page descnption
  • Figure 2 is a schematic view of a interaction between a netpage pen, a netpage pnnter, a netpage page server, and a netpage application server,
  • Figure 3 illustrates a collection of netpage servers and pnnters interconnected via a network
  • Figure 4 is a schematic view of a high-level structure of a pnnted netpage and its online page descnption
  • Figure 5 is a plan view showing a structure of a netpage tag
  • Figure 6 is a plan view showing a relationship between a set of the tags shown m Figure 5 and a field of view of a netpage sensmg device m the form of a netpage pen
  • Figure 7 is a flowchart of a tag unage processing and decodmg algonthm
  • Figure 8 is a perspective view of a netpage pen and its associated tag-sensing field-of-view cone
  • Figure 9 is a perspective exploded view of the netpage pen shown m Figure 8
  • Figure 10 is a schematic block diagram of a pen controller for the netpage pen shown in Figures 8 and 9,
  • Figure 11 is a perspective view of a wall-mounted netpage pnnter
  • Figure 12 is a section through the length of the netpage pnnter of Figure 11,
  • Figure 12a is an enlarged portion of Figure 12 showmg a section of the duplexed pnnt engmes and glue wheel assembly
  • Figure 13 is a detailed view of the ink cartndge, mk, air and glue paths, and pnnt engmes of the netpage pnnter of Figures 11 and 12,
  • Figure 14 is a schematic block diagram of a pnnter controller for the netpage pnnter shown m Figures 11 and 12,
  • Figure 15 is a schematic block diagram of duplexed pnnt engme controllers and MemjetTM pnntheads associated with the pnnter controller shown m Figure 14,
  • Figure 16 is a schematic block diagram of the pnnt engme controller shown m Figures 14 and 15, Figure 17 is a perspective view of a smgle MemjetTM pnnting element, as used m, for example, the netpage pnnter of
  • Figure 18 is a perspective view of a small part of an array of MemjetTM prmtmg elements
  • Figure 19 is a senes of perspective views illustratmg the operatmg cycle of the MemjetTM prmtmg element shown m
  • Figure 20 is a perspective view of a short segment of a pagewidth MemjetTM prmthead
  • Figure 21 is a schematic view of a user class diagram
  • Figure 22 is a schematic view of a pnnter class diagram
  • Figure 23 is a schematic v ew of a pen class diagram
  • Figure 24 is a schematic view of an application class diagram
  • Figure 25 is a schematic view of a document and page descnption class diagram
  • Figure 26 is a schematic view of a document and page ownership class diagram
  • Figure 27 is a schematic view of a termmal element specialization class diagram
  • Figure 28 is a schematic view of a static element specialization class diagram
  • Figure 29 is a schematic view of a hyperlink element class diagram
  • Figure 30 is a schematic view of a hyperlink element specialization class diagram
  • Figure 31 is a schematic view of a hyperlinked group class diagram
  • Figure 32 is a schematic view of a form class diagram
  • Figure 33 is a schematic view of a digital ink class diagram
  • Figure 34 is a schematic view of a field element specialization class diagram
  • Figure 35 is a schematic view of a checkbox field class diagram
  • Figure 36 is a schematic view of a text field class diagram
  • Figure 37 is a schematic view of a signature field class diagram
  • Figure 38 is a flowchart of an mput processmg algonthm
  • Figure 38a is a detailed flowchart of one step of the flowchart of Figure 38,
  • Figure 39 is a schematic view of a page server command element class diagram
  • Figure 40 is a schematic view of a resource descnption class diagram
  • Figure 41 is a schematic view of a favontes list class diagram
  • Figure 42 is a schematic view of a history list class diagram
  • Figure 43 is a schematic view of a subscnption delivery protocol
  • Figure 44 is a schematic view of a hyperlink request class diagram
  • Figure 45 is a schematic view of a hyperlink activation protocol
  • Figure 46 is a schematic view of a form submission protocol
  • Figure 47 is a schematic view of a commission payment protocol
  • Figure 48 is a schematic view of a set of user mterface flow document icons
  • Figure 49 is a schematic view of a set of user mterface page layout element icons
  • Figure 50 is a schematic view of a merchant class diagram
  • Figure 51 is a schematic view of a customer class diagram
  • Figure 52 is a schematic view of an order class diagram
  • Figure 53 is a schematic view of a payment class diagram
  • Figure 54 is a schematic view of a shipping method class diagram
  • Figure 55 is a schematic view of a user mterface flow for online purchasmg
  • Figure 56 is a schematic view of a header section of a checkout page
  • Figure 57 is a schematic view of a shipping address section of a checkout page
  • Figure 58 is a schematic view of a shippmg method section of a checkout page
  • Figure 59 is a schematic view of a payment method section of a checkout page
  • Figure 60 is a schematic view of an item list section of a checkout page
  • Figure 61 is a schematic view of an order confirmation section of a checkout page
  • Figure 62 is a schematic view of a footer section of a checkout page DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF PREFERRED AND OTHER EMBODIMENTS
  • MemjetTM is a trade mark of Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd, Australia
  • the mvention is configured to work with the netpage networked computer system, a detailed overview of which follows It will be appreciated that not every implementation will necessanly embody all or even most of the specific details and extensions discussed below in relation to the basic system However, the system is descnbed m its most complete form to reduce the need for external reference when attemptmg to understand the context m which the preferred embodiments and aspects of the present invention operate
  • the preferred form of the netpage system employs a computer mterface in the form of a mapped surface, that is, a physical surface which contams references to a map of the surface mamtamed m a computer system
  • the map references can be quened by an appropnate sensmg device
  • the map references may be encoded visibly or invisibly, and defined m such a way that a local query on the mapped surface yields an unambiguous map reference both within the map and among different maps
  • the computer system can contain mformation about features on the mapped surface, and such mformation can be retneved based on map references supplied by a sensmg device used with the mapped surface
  • the information thus retneved can take the form of actions which are initiated by the computer system on behalf of the operator m response to the operator's mteraction with the surface features
  • the netpage system relies on the production of, and human interaction with, netpages
  • These are pages ol text, graphics and images pnnted on ordinary paper, but which work like mteractive web pages Information is encoded on each page usmg ink which is substantially invisible to the unaided human eye
  • the mk can be sensed by an optically imaging pen and transmitted to the netpage system
  • active buttons and hyperlinks on each page can be clicked with the pen to request mformation from the network or to signal preferences to a network server
  • text wntten by hand on a netpage is automatically recognized and converted to computer text m the netpage system, allowing forms to be filled m
  • signatures recorded on a netpage are automatically venfied, allowmg e-commerce transactions to be securely authorized
  • a pnnted netpage 1 can represent a mteractive form which can be filled m by the user both physically
  • the netpage pen 101 As illustrated m Figure 2, the netpage pen 101, a prefened form of which is shown m Figures 8 and 9 and descnbed m more detail below, works m conjunction with a netpage pnnter 601, an Internet-connected pnnting appliance for home, office or mobile use
  • the pen is wireless and commumcates securely with the netpage pnnter via a short-range radio link 9
  • the netpage pnnter 601 is able to deliver, penodically or on demand, personalized newspapers, magazmes, catalogs, brochures and other publications, all pnnted at high qualify as mteractive netpages Unlike a personal computer, the netpage pnnter is an appliance which can be, for example, wall-mounted adjacent to an area where the morning news is first consumed, such as m a user' s kitchen, near a breakfast table, or near the household' s pomt of departure for the day It also comes m tabletop, desktop, portable and miniature versions
  • the netpage pen 101 mteracts with the coded data on a pnnted netpage 1 and commumcates, via a short-range radio link 9, the interaction to a netpage pnnter
  • the pnnter 601 sends the interaction to the relevant netpage page server 10 for mterpretafion
  • the page server sends a corresponding message to application computer software running on a netpage application server 13
  • the application server may m turn send a response which is pnnted on the ongmating pnnter
  • netpage system is made considerably more convement in the prefened embodiment by bemg used m conjunction with high-speed microelectromechanical system (MEMS) based mkjet (MemjetTM) pnnters
  • MEMS microelectromechanical system
  • MemjetTM mkjet
  • a netpage publication has the physical charactenstics of a traditional newsmagazme, such as a set of letter-size glossy pages pnnted in full color on both sides, bound together for easy navigation and comfortable handling
  • the netpage pnnter exploits the growing availability of broadband Internet access Cable service is available to 95% of households m the United States, and cable modem service offering broadband Internet access is already available to 20% of these
  • the netpage pnnter can also operate with slower connections, but with longer delivery times and lower unage quality
  • the netpage system can be enabled usmg existmg consumer rnkjet and laser pnnters, although the system will operate more slowly and will therefore be less acceptable from a consumer's pomt of view
  • the netpage system is hosted on a pnvate intranet
  • the netpage system is hosted on a single computer or computer-enabled device, such as a pnnter
  • Netpage publication servers 14 on the netpage network are configured to deliver pnnt-quality publications to netpage pnnters
  • Penodical publications are delivered automatically to subscnbmg netpage pnnters via pomtcastmg and multicasting Internet protocols Personalized publications are filtered and format
  • a netpage pnnter can be configured to support any number of pens, and a pen can work with any number of netpage pnnters
  • each netpage pen has a unique identifier
  • a household may have a collection of colored netpage pens, one assigned to each member of the family This allows each user to maintain a distinct profile with respect to a netpage publication server or application server
  • a netpage pen can also be registered with a netpage registration server 11 and linked to one or more payment card accounts This allows e-commerce payments to be securely authorized usmg the netpage pen
  • the netpage registration server compares the signature captured by the netpage pen with a previously registered signature, allowmg it to authenticate the user's identity to an e-commerce server
  • Other biometncs can also be used to venfy identify
  • a version of the netpage pen mcludes fingerprint scanning, venfied in a similar way by the netpage registration server
  • netpage pnnter may deliver penodicals such as the morning newspaper without user intervention, it can be configured never to deliver unsolicited junk mail In its prefened form, it only delivers penodicals from subscnbed or otherwise authorized sources
  • the netpage pnnter is unlike a fax machine or e-mail account which is visible to any junk mailer who knows the telephone number or email address 1 NETPAGE SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE
  • UML Unified Modelmg Language
  • a class diagram consists of a set of object classes connected by relationships, and two lands of relationships are of mterest here associations and generalizations An association represents some kmd of relationship between objects, l e between instances of classes A generalization relates actual classes, and can be understood m the following way if a class is thought of as the set of all objects of that class, and class A is a generalization of class B, then B is simply a subset of A
  • the UML does not directly support second-order modelling - 1 e classes of classes
  • Each class is drawn as a rectangle labelled with the name of the class It contams a list of the attnbutes of the class, separated from the name by a horizontal lme, and a list of the operations of the class, separated from the attnbute list by a horizontal lme In the class diagrams which follow, however, operations are never modelled
  • association is drawn as a lme joining two classes, optionally labelled at either end with the multiplicity of the association
  • the default multiplicity is one
  • Each association is optionally labelled with its name, and is also optionally labelled at either end with the role of the correspondmg class
  • An open diamond mdicates an aggregation association ("is-part-of '), and is drawn at the aggregator end of the association lme
  • ls-a A generalization relationship (“ls-a”) is drawn as a solid lme joining two classes, with an arrow (m the form of an open tnangle) at the generalization end
  • any class which is duplicated is shown with a dashed outline m all but the mam diagram which defines it It is shown with attnbutes only where it is defined 1.1 NETPAGES
  • Netpages are the foundation on which a netpage network is built They provide a paper-based user mterface to published mformation and mteractive services
  • a netpage consists of a pnnted page (or other surface region) invisibly tagged with references to an online descnption of the page
  • the onlme page descnption is mamtamed persistently by a netpage page server
  • the page descnption descnbes the visible layout and content of the page, mcludmg text, graphics and jmages It also descnbes the mput elements on the page, mcludmg buttons, hyperlinks, and mput fields
  • each netpage is assigned a unique page identifier This page ID has sufficient precision to distinguish between a very large number of netpages
  • Each reference to the page descnption is encoded m a pnnted tag
  • the tag identifies the unique page on which it appears, and thereby indirectly identifies the page descnption
  • the tag also identifies its own position on the page Charactenstics of the tags are descnbed m more detail below
  • Tags are pnnted m infrared-absorptive ink on any substrate which is infrared-reflective, such as ordinary paper Near-infrared wavelengths are invisible to the human eye but are easily sensed by a solid-state image sensor with an appropnate filter
  • a tag is sensed by an area image sensor m the netpage pen, and the tag data is transmitted to the netpage system via the nearest netpage pnnter
  • the pen is wireless and commumcates with the netpage pnnter via a short-range radio link Tags are sufficiently small and densely arranged that the pen can reliably image at least one tag even on a smgle click on the page It is important that the pen recognize the page ID and position on every interaction with the page, smce the interaction is stateless Tags are error-correctably encoded to make them partially tolerant to surface damage
  • the netpage page server maintains a unique page mstance for each pnnted netpage, allowmg it to maintain a distinct set of user-supplied values for mput fields m the page descnption for each pnnted netpage
  • the relationship between the page descnption, the page mstance, and the pnnted netpage is shown m Figure 4
  • the page mstance is associated with both the netpage pnnter which pnnted it and, if known, the netpage user who requested it
  • each tag identifies the region m which it appears, and the location of that tag within the region
  • a tag may also contam flags which relate to the region as a whole or to the tag
  • One or more flag bits may, for example, signal a tag sensmg device to provide feedback mdicative of a function associated with the immediate area of the tag, without the sensing device having to refer to a descnption of the region
  • a netpage pen may, for example, illuminate an "active area" LED when m the zone of a hyperlink
  • each tag contains an easily recognized mvanant structure which aids initial detection, and which assists m minimizing the effect of any warp mduced by the surface or by the sensmg process
  • the tags preferably tile the entire page, and are sufficiently small and densely arranged that the pen can reliably image at least one tag even on a smgle click on the page It is important that the pen recognize the page ID and position on every mteraction with the page, smce the interaction is stateless
  • the region to which a tag refers coincides with an entire page, and the region ID encoded m the tag is therefore synonymous with the page ID of the page on which the tag appears
  • the region to which a tag refers can be an arbitrary subregion of a page or other surface For example, it can comcide with the zone of an mteractive element, in which case the region ID can directly identify the mteractive element
  • Each tag contams 120 bits of mformation, typically allocated as shown m Table 1 Assuming a maximum tag density of 64 per square mch, a 16-bit tag ID supports a region size of up to 1024 square inches Larger regions can be mapped continuously without increasing the tag ID precision simply by usmg abutting regions and maps The 100-bit region ID allows 2 100 ( ⁇ 10 ,() or a million tnllion tnllion) different regions to be uniquely identified 1.2.2 Tag Data Encoding The 120 bits of tag data are redundantly encoded usmg a (15, 5) Reed-Solomon code This yields 360 encoded bits consistmg of 6 codewords of 15 4-bit symbols each The (15, 5) code allows up to 5 symbol errors to be corrected per codeword, l e it is tolerant of a symbol enor rate of up to 33% per codeword
  • Each 4-bit symbol is represented m a spatially coherent way m the tag, and the symbols of the six codewords are mterleaved spatially withm the tag This ensures that a burst enor (an enor affecting multiple spatially adjacent bits) damages a minimum number of symbols overall and a minimum number of symbols in any one codeword, thus maximising the likelihood that the burst enor can be fully conected 1.2.3 Physical Tag Structure
  • the physical representation of the tag shown m Figure 5, mcludes fixed target structures 15, 16, 17 and vanable data areas 18
  • the fixed target structures allow a sensmg device such as the netpage pen to detect the tag and infer its three-dimensional onentation relative to the sensor
  • the data areas contam representations of the mdividual bits of the encoded tag data
  • the tag is rendered at a resolution of 256x256 dots When pnnted at 1600 dots per mch this yields a tag with a diameter of about 4 mm
  • the tag is designed to be surrounded by a "quiet area" of radius 16 dots Smce the quiet area is also contnubbed by adjacent tags, it only adds 16 dots to the effective diameter of the tag
  • the tag mcludes six target structures
  • a detection ring 15 allows the sensmg device to initially detect the tag
  • the rmg is easy to detect because it is rotationally mvanant and because a simple conection of its aspect ratio removes most of the effects of perspective distortion
  • An onentation axis 16 allows the sensmg device to determme the approximate planar onentation of the tag due to the yaw of the sensor
  • the onentation axis is skewed to yield a unique onentation
  • Four perspective targets 17 allow the sensmg device to infer an accurate two-dimensional perspective transform of the tag and hence an accurate three
  • each data bit is represented by a radial wedge m the form of an area bounded by two radial lines and two concentnc circular arcs
  • Each wedge has a minimum dimension of 8 dots at 1600 dpi and is designed so that its base (its inner arc), is at least equal to this minimum dimension
  • the height of the wedge m the radial direction is always equal to the minimum dimension
  • Each 4-bit data symbol is represented by an array of 2x2 wedges
  • the 15 4-bit data symbols of each of the six codewords are allocated to the four concentnc symbol rings 18a to 18d m mterleaved fashion Symbols are allocated alternately m circular progression around the tag
  • the sensmg device In order to support "single-click" interaction with a tagged region via a sensmg device, the sensmg device must be able to see at least one entire tag m its field of view no matter where m the region or at what onentation it is positioned The required diameter of the field of view of the sensmg device is therefore a function of the size and spacmg of the tags
  • Tag image Processing and Decoding The tag image processmg and decodmg performed by a sensing device such as the netpage pen is shown m
  • Figure 7 While a captured unage is bemg acquired from the image sensor, the dynamic range of the unage is determined (at 20) The center of the range is then chosen as the binary threshold for the image 21 The image is then thresholded and segmented mto connected pixel regions (l e shapes 23) (at 22) Shapes which are too small to represent tag target structures are discarded The size and centroid of each shape is also computed Binary shape moments 25 are then computed (at 24) for each shape, and these provide the basis for subsequently locating target structures Central shape moments are by their nature mvanant of position and can be easily made mvanant of scale, aspect ratio and rotation The rmg target structure 15 is the first to be located (at 26) A rmg has the advantage of bemg very well behaved when perspective-distorted Matchmg proceeds by aspect-normalizmg and rotation-normalizmg each shape's moments Once its second-order moments are normalized the rmg is easy to recognize even if the perspective distortion was significant The ring's
  • the axis target structure 16 is the next to be located (at 28)
  • Matchmg proceeds by applymg the rmg's normalizations to each shape's moments, and rotation-normalizmg the resulting moments Once its second-order moments are normalized the axis target is easily recognized Note that one third order moment is required to disambiguate the two possible onentations of the axis
  • the shape is deliberately skewed to one side to make this possible Note also that it is only possible to rotation-normalize the axis target after it has had the rmg's normalizations applied, smce the perspective distortion can hide the axis target's axis
  • the axis target's ongmal rotation provides a useful approximation of the tag's rotation due to pen yaw 29
  • the four perspective target structures 17 are the last to be located (at 30) Good estimates of their positions are computed based on their known spatial relationships to the rmg and axis targets, the aspect and rotation of the rmg, and the rotation of the axis Matchmg proceeds by applymg the rmg's normalizations to each shape's moments Once their second-order moments are normalized the circular perspective targets are easy to recognize, and the target closest to each estimated position is taken as a match
  • the ongmal centroids of the four perspective targets are then taken to be the perspective-distorted corners 31 of a square of known size in tag space, and an eight-degree-of-freedom perspective transform 33 is infened (at 32) based on solvmg the well-understood equations relatmg the four tag-space and rmage- space point pairs (see Heckbert, P , Fundamentals of Texture Mappmg and Image Warping, Masters Thesis, Dept of
  • the infened tag-space to image-space perspective transform is used to project (at 36) each known data bit position m tag space into unage space where the real-valued position is used to bilinearly interpolate (at 36) the four relevant adjacent pixels m the mput unage
  • the previously computed unage threshold 21 is used to threshold the result to produce the final bit value 37
  • each of the six 60-bit Reed-Solomon codewords is decoded (at 38) to yield 20 decoded bits 39, or 120 decoded bits m total
  • the codeword symbols are sampled in codeword order, so that codewords are implicitly de-mterleaved du ⁇ ng the sampling process
  • the rmg target 15 is only sought in a subarea of the image whose relationship to the image guarantees that the rmg, if found, is part of a complete tag If a complete tag is not found and successfully decoded, then no pen position is recorded for the cunent frame Given adequate processing power and ideally a non- ⁇ ummal field of view 193, an alternative strategy involves seeking another tag m the cunent unage
  • the obtained tag data mdicates the identity of the region contammg the tag and the position of the tag within the region
  • An accurate position 35 of the pen nib m the region, as well as the overall onentation 35 of the pen, is then infened (at 34) from the perspective transform 33 observed on the tag and the known spatial relationship between the pen's physical axis and the pen's optical axis 1.2.5 Tag Map
  • Decoding a tag results m a region ID, a tag ID, and a tag-relative pen transform
  • a tag map a function which maps each tag ID m a tagged region to a conespondmg location
  • the tag map class diagram is shown in Figure 22, as part of the netpage pnnter class diagram
  • a tag map reflects the scheme used to tile the surface region with tags, and this can vary according to surface type When multiple tagged regions share the same tilmg scheme and the same tag numbermg scheme, they can also share the same tag map
  • the tag map for a region must be retnevable via the region ID
  • the tag map can be retneved
  • the tag ID can be translated mto an absolute tag location within the region
  • the tag-relative pen location can be added to the tag location to yield an absolute pen location within the region 1.
  • a location-mdicatmg tag contams a tag ID which, when translated through the tag map associated with the tagged region, yields a unique tag location within the region
  • the tag-relative location of the pen is added to this tag location to yield the location of the pen within the region
  • This m turn is used to determme the location of the pen relative to a user mterface element m the page descnption associated with the region Not only is the user mterface element itself identified, but a location relative to the user mterface element is identified
  • Location-mdicatmg tags therefore tnvially support the capture of an absolute pen path m the zone of a particular user interface element
  • An object-indicating tag contams a tag ID which directly identifies a user mterface element m the page descnption associated with the region All the tags m the zone of the user mterface element identify the user mterface element, making them all identical and therefore indistinguishable Object-indicating tags do not, therefore, support the capture of an absolute pen path They do, however, support the capture of a relative pen path So long as the position sampling frequency exceeds twice the encountered tag frequency, the displacement from one sampled pen position to the next within a stroke can be unambiguously determined
  • the tags function m cooperation with associated visual elements on the netpage as user mteractive elements m that a user can mteract with the pnnted page usmg an appropnate sensmg device m order for tag data to be read by the sensmg device and for an appropnate response to be generated m the netpage system
  • a document is descnbed at three levels At the most abstract level the document 836 has a hierarchical structure whose termmal elements 839 are associated with content objects 840 such as text objects, text style objects, image objects, etc
  • content objects 840 such as text objects, text style objects, image objects, etc
  • the document is paginated and otherwise formatted Formatted termmal elements 835 will m some cases be associated with content objects which are different from those associated with their conespondmg termmal elements, particularly where the content objects are style-related
  • Each pnnted mstance of a document and page is also descnbed separately, to allow mput captured through a particular page mstance 830 to be recorded separately from mput captured through other instances of the same page descnption
  • a formatted document 834 consists of a set of formatted page descnptions 5, each of which consists of a set of formatted termmal elements 835
  • Each formatted element has a spatial extent or zone 58 on the page This defines the active area of mput elements such as hyperlinks and mput fields
  • a document mstance 831 conesponds to a formatted document 834 It consists of a set of page instances 830, each of which conesponds to a page descnption 5 of the formatted document
  • Each page mstance 830 descnbes a smgle unique
  • a termmal element can be a static element 843, a hyperlmk element 844, a field element 845 or a page server command element 846, as shown in Figure 27
  • a static element 843 can be a style element 847 with an associated style object 854, a textflow element 848 with an associated styled text object 855, an unage element 849 with an associated unage element 856, a graphic element 850 with an associated graphic object 857, a video clip element 851 with an associated video clip object 858, an audio clip element 852 with an associated audio clip object 859, or a scnpt element 853 with an associated scnpt object 860, as shown m Figure 28
  • a page mstance has a background field 833 which is used to record any digital ink captured on the page which does not apply to a specific mput element
  • a tag map 811 is associated with each page mstance to allow tags on the page to be translated mto locations on the page 1.4 THE NETPAGE NETWORK
  • a netpage network consists of a distnubbed set of netpage page servers 10, netpage registration servers 11, netpage ID servers 12, netpage application servers 13, netpage publication servers 14, and netpage pnnters 601 connected via a network 19 such as the Internet, as shown m Figure 3
  • the netpage registration server 11 is a server which records relationships between users, pens, pnnters, applications and publications, and thereby authorizes vanous network activities It authenticates users and acts as a signing proxy on behalf of authenticated users m application transactions It also provides handwntmg recognition services As descnbed above, a netpage page server 10 maintains persistent mformation about page descnptions and page instances The netpage network mcludes any number of page servers, each handling a subset of page instances Smce a page server also maintains user mput values for each page mstance, clients such as netpage pnnters send netpage mput directly to the appropnate page server The page server interprets any such mput relative to the descnption of the conespondmg page
  • a netpage ID server 12 allocates document IDs 51 on demand, and provides load-balancing of page servers via its ID allocation scheme
  • a netpage pnnter uses the Internet Distn Published Name System (DNS), or similar, to resolve a netpage page ID 50 mto the network address of the netpage page server handling the conespondmg page mstance
  • DNS Internet Distn Published Name System
  • a netpage application server 13 is a server which hosts mteractive netpage applications
  • a netpage publication server 14 is an application server which publishes netpage documents to netpage pnnters They are descnbed m detail m Section 2
  • Netpage servers can be hosted on a vanety of network server platforms from manufacturers such as IBM, Hewlett-Packard, and Sun Multiple netpage servers can run concunently on a smgle host, and a smgle server can be distnaded over a number of hosts
  • Some or all of the functionality provided by netpage servers, and m particular the functionality provided by the ID server and the page server, can also be provided directly in a netpage appliance such as a netpage pnnter, in a computer workstation, or on a local network 1.5 THE NETPAGE PRINTER
  • the netpage pnnter 601 is an appliance which is registered with the netpage system and prints netpage documents on demand and via subscnption
  • Each pnnter has a unique pnnter ID 62, and is connected to the netpage network via a network such as the Internet, ideally via a broadband connection Apart from identity and secunty settings m non-volatile memory, the netpage pnnter contams no persistent storage As far as a user is concerned, "the network is the computer" Netpages function interactively across space and time with the help of the distnaded netpage page servers 10, mdependently of particular netpage pnnters
  • the netpage pnnter receives subscnbed netpage documents from netpage publication servers 14 Each document is distnubbed in two parts the page layouts, and the actual text and unage objects which populate the pages Because of personalization, page layouts are typically specific to a particular subscnber and so are pomtcast to the subscnber's pnnter via the appropnate page server Text and unage objects, on the other hand, are typically shared with other subscnbers, and so are multicast to all subscnbers' pnnters and the appropnate page servers
  • the netpage publication server optimizes the segmentation of document content mto pomtcasts and multicasts After receivmg the pomtcast of a document's page layouts, the pnnter knows which multicasts, if any, to listen to
  • the pnnter Once the pnnter has received the complete page layouts and objects that define the document to be pnnted, it can pnnt the document
  • the pnnter rastenzes and prints odd and even pages simultaneously on both sides of the sheet It contams duplexed pnnt engine controllers 760 and pnnt engmes utilizing MemjetTM pnntheads 350 for this purpose
  • the pnnting process consists of two decoupled stages rasterization of page descnpttons, and expansion and pnnting of page images
  • the raster image processor (RJP) consists of one or more standard DSPs 757 running m parallel
  • the duplexed pnnt engme controllers consist of custom processors which expand, dither and pnnt page images m real time, synchronized with the operation of the pnntheads m the pnnt engmes
  • Pnnters not enabled for IR pnnting have the option to pnnt tags usmg IR-absorptive black ink, although this restncts tags to otherwise empty areas of the page Although such pages have more limited functionality than IR-pnnted pages, they are still classed as netpages
  • a normal netpage pnnter prints netpages on sheets of paper More specialised netpage pnnters may pnnt onto more specialised surfaces, such as globes Each pnnter supports at least one surface type, and supports at least one tag tilmg scheme, and hence tag map, for each surface type
  • the tag map 811 which descnbes the tag tiling scheme actually used to pnnt a document becomes associated with that document so that the document's tags can be conectly mterpreted
  • Figure 2 shows the netpage pnnter class diagram, reflecting printer-related mformation mamtamed by a registration server 11 on the netpage network
  • a prefened embodiment of the netpage pnnter is descnbed in greater detail m Section 6 below, with reference to Figures 11 to 16
  • the netpage system can operate usmg pnnters made with a wide range of digital prmtmg technologies, mcludmg thermal Inkjet, piezoelect ⁇ c Inkjet, laser electrophotographic, and others
  • a netpage pnnter have the following charactenstics • photographic quality color pnnting
  • MemjetTM is a drop-on-demand rnkjet technology that mcorporates pagewidth pnntheads fabncated usmg microelectromechamcal systems (MEMS) technology
  • Figure 17 shows a smgle pnnting element 300 of a MemjetTM prmthead
  • the netpage wallprmter incorporates 168960 pnnting elements 300 to form a 1600 dpi pagewidth duplex pnnter
  • This prmter simultaneously pnnts cyan, magenta, yellow, black, and infrared inks as well as paper conditioner and ink fixative
  • the pnnting element 300 is approximately 110 microns long by 32 microns wide Anays of these prmtmg elements are formed on a silicon substrate 301 that mcorporates CMOS logic, data transfer, timing, and dnve circuits (not shown)
  • Major elements of the pnnting element 300 are the nozzle 302, the nozzle nm 303, the nozzle chamber 304, the fluidic seal 305, the ink channel nm 306, the lever arm 307, the active actuator beam pair 308, the passive actuator beam pau 309 the active actuator anchor 310, the passive actuator anchor 311, and the ink inlet 312
  • the active actuator beam pair 308 is mechanically joined to the passive actuator beam pair 309 at the jom 319 Both beams pairs are anchored at their respective anchor pomts 310 and 311
  • the combination of elements 308, 309, 310, 311 and 319 form a cantilevered electrothermal bend actuator 320
  • Figure 18 shows a small part of an array of pnnting elements 300, mcludmg a cross section 315 of a pnnting element 300
  • the cross section 315 is shown without mk, to clearly show the ink inlet 312 that passes through the silicon wafer 301
  • Figures 19(a), 19(b) and 19(c) show the operatmg cycle of a MemjetTM pnnting element 300
  • Figure 19(a) shows the quiescent position of the mk memscus 316 pnor to pnnting an mk droplet Ink is retained m the nozzle chamber by surface tension at the ink memscus 316 and at the flmdic seal 305 formed between the nozzle chamber 304 and the ink channel nm 306
  • the pnnthead CMOS circuitry distnbutes data from the pnnt engme controller to the conect pnnting element, latches the data, and buffers the data to dnve the electrodes 318 of the active actuator beam pair 308
  • Joule heatmg The temperature increase resultmg from Joule heating causes the beam pair 308 to expand As the passive actuator beam pair 309 is not heated, it does not expand, resultmg in a stress difference between the two beam parrs
  • This stress difference is partially resolved by the cantilevered end of the electrothermal bend actuator 320 bendmg towards the substrate 301
  • the lever arm 307 transmits this movement to the nozzle chamber 304
  • the nozzle chamber 304 moves about two microns to the position shown m Figure 19(b) This mcreases the mk pressure, forcing mk
  • Figure 20 shows a segment of a prmthead 350 In a netpage pnnter, the length of the pnnthead is the full width of the paper (typically 210 mm) m the direction 351 The segment shown is 0 4 mm long (about 0 2% of a complete prmthead) When pnnting, the paper is moved past the fixed prmthead m the direction 352 The pnnthead has 6 rows of mterdigitated pnnting elements 300, pnnting the six colors or types of ink supplied by the ink inlets 312
  • a nozzle guard wafer 330 is attached to the pnnthead substrate 301
  • a conespondmg nozzle guard hole 331 through which the ink droplets are fired
  • filtered au is pumped through the air mlets 332 and out of the nozzle guard holes durmg pnnting
  • the nozzle guard is sealed while the pnnter is idle 1.6
  • the active sensmg device of the netpage system is typically a pen 101, which, usmg its embedded controller 134, is able to capture and decode IR position tags from a page via an image sensor
  • the image sensor is a solid-state device provided with an appropnate filter to permit sensmg at only near-infrared wavelengths
  • the system is able to sense when the mb is m contact with the surface, and the pen is able to sense tags at a sufficient rate to capture human handwntmg (l e at 200 dpi or greater and 100 Hz or faster)
  • Information captured by the pen is encrypted and wrrelessly transmitted to the pnnter (or base station), the pnnter or base station mterpretmg the data with respect to the (known) page structure
  • the prefened embodiment of the netpage pen operates both as a normal markmg k pen and as a non- marking stylus
  • the markmg aspect is not necessary for usmg the netpage system as a browsmg system, such as when it is used as an Internet mterface
  • Each netpage pen is registered with the netpage system and has a unique pen ID 61
  • Figure 23 shows the netpage pen class diagram, reflecting pen-related information mamtamed by a registration server 11 on the netpage network
  • the pen determines its position aid onentation relative to the page
  • the nib is attached to a force sensor, and the force on the mb is mterpreted relative to a threshold to mdicate whether the pen is "up" or "down”
  • the force is captured as a continuous value to allow, say, the full dynamics of a signature to be venfied
  • the pen determines the position and onentation of its mb on the netpage by imaging, m the infrared spectrum, an area 193 of the page m the vicinity of the mb It decodes the nearest tag and computes the position of the mb relative to the tag from the observed perspective distortion on the imaged tag and the known geometry of the pen optics
  • the position resolution of the tag may be low, because the tag density on the page is mversely proportional to the tag size, the adjusted position resolution is quite high, exceeding the minimum resolution required for accurate handwntmg recognition
  • Pen actions relative to a netpage are captured as a senes of strokes
  • a stroke consists of a sequence of time- stamped pen positions on the page, initiated by a pen-down event and completed bv the subsequent pen-up event
  • a stroke is also tagged with the page ID 50 of the netpage whenever the page ID changes, which, under normal circumstances, is at the commencement of the stroke
  • Each netpage pen has a cunent selection 826 associated with it, allowmg the user to perform copy and paste operations etc
  • the selection is timestamped to allow the system to discard it after a defined time penod
  • the cunent selection descnbes a region of a page mstance It consists of the most recent digital mk stroke captured through the pen relative to the background area of the page It is mterpreted m an application-specific manner once it is submitted to an application via a selection hyperlmk activation
  • Each pen has a cunent mb 824 This is the mb last notified by the pen to the system In the case of the default netpage pen descnbed above, either the markmg black ink mb or the non-marking stylus mb is cunent
  • Each pen also has a cunent b style 825 This is the mb style last associated with the pen by an application, e g m response to the user selecting a color from a palette
  • the default mb style is the mb style associated with the cunent b Strokes captured through a pen are tagged with the cunent mb style When the strokes are subsequently reproduced, they are reproduced m the mb style with which they are tagged Whenever the pen is within range of a pnnter with which it can communicate, the pen slowly flashes its
  • a sequence of captured strokes is refened to as digital ink
  • Digital mk forms the basis for the digital exchange of drawings and handwntmg, for online recognition of handwnting, and for online venfication of signatures
  • the pen is wireless and transmits digital ink to the netpage pnnter via a short-range radio link
  • the transmitted digital ink is encrypted for pnvacy and secunty and packetized for efficient transmission, but is always flushed on a pen-up event to ensure timely handling m the pnnter
  • the pen When the pen is out-of-range of a pnnter it buffers digital ink m internal memory, which has a capacity of over ten minutes of contmuous handwnting When the pen is once agam within range of a pnnter, it transfers any buffered digital ink
  • a pen can be registered with any number of pnnters, but because all state data resides m netpages both on paper and on the network, it is largely immatenal which pnnter a pen is communicating with at any particular time
  • a prefened embodiment of the pen is descnbed m greater detail m Section 6 below, with reference to Figures 8 to 10 1.7 NETPAGE INTERACTION
  • the netpage pnnter 601 receives data relating to a stroke from the pen 101 when the pen is used to interact with a netpage 1
  • the coded data 3 of the tags 4 is read by the pen when it is used to execute a movement, such as a stroke
  • the data allows the identity of the particular page and associated interactive element to be determined and an indication of the relative positioning of the pen relative to the page to be obtamed
  • the mdicatmg data is transmitted to the pnnter, where it resolves, via the DNS, the page ID 50 of the stroke into the network address of the netpage page server 10 which maintains the conespondmg page mstance 830 It then transmits the stroke to the page server If the page was recently identified m an earlier stroke, then the pnnter may aheady have the address of the relevant page server m its cache
  • Each netpage consists of a compact page layout mamtamed persistently by a netpage page server (see below)
  • the page layout refers to objects such
  • the page server When the page server receives the stroke from the pen, it retneves the page descnption to which the stroke applies, and determines which element of the page descnption the stroke mtersects It is then able to interpret the stroke m the context of the type of the relevant element
  • a "click” is a stroke where the distance and tune between the pen down position and the subsequent pen up position are both less than some small maximum
  • An object which is activated by a click typically requires a click to be activated, and accordingly, a longer stroke is ignored
  • the failure of a pen action, such as a "sloppy" click, to register is mdicated by the lack of response from the pen's "ok” LED
  • mput elements m a netpage page descnption hyperlinks and form fields Input through a form field can also tngger the activation of an associated hyperlmk
  • a hyperlink is a means of sendmg a message to a remote application, and typically elicits a pnnted response m the netpage system
  • a hyperlink element 844 identifies the application 71 which handles activation of the hyperlink, a link ID 54 which identifies the hyperlmk to the application, an "alias required" flag which asks the system to mclude the user's application alias ID 65 m the hyperlink activation, and a descnption which is used when the hyperlink is recorded as a favonte or appears m the user's history
  • the hyperlink element class diagram is shown m Figure 29 When a hyperlmk is activated, the page server sends a request to an application somewhere on the network
  • the application is identified by an application ID 64, and the application ID is resolved m the normal way via the DNS
  • a general hyperlmk can implement a request for a linked document, or may simply signal a preference to a server
  • a form hyperlink submits the conespondmg form to the application
  • a selection hyperlink submits the cunent selection to the application If the cunent selection contains a smgle-word piece of text, for example, the application may return a smgle-page document giving the word's meanmg within the context m which it appears, or a translation mto a different language
  • Each hyperlink type is charactenzed by what mformation is submitted to the application
  • the conespondmg hyperlink instance 862 records a transaction ID 55 which can be specific to the page mstance on which the hyperlink mstance appears
  • the transaction ID can identify user-specific data to the application, for example a "shopping cart" of pendmg purchases mamtamed by a purchasing application on behalf of the user
  • the system mcludes the pen's cunent selection 826 in a selection hyperlmk activation
  • the system mcludes the content of the associated form mstance 868 in a form hyperlink activation, although if the hyperlink has its "submit delta" attnbute set, only mput smce the last form submission is mcluded
  • the system includes an effective return path m all hyperlink activations
  • a hyperlmked group 866 is a group element 838 which has an associated hyperlmk, as shown in Figure 31
  • the hyperlink 844 associated with the group is activated
  • a hyperlinked group can be used to associate hyperlink behavior with a field such as a checkbox It can also be used, m conjunction with the "submit delta" attnbute of a form hyperlmk, to provide continuous input to an application It can therefore be used to support a "blackboard" interaction model, I e where mput is captured and therefore shared as soon as it occurs
  • a form defines a collection of related mput fields used to capture a related set of mputs through a pnnted netpage
  • a form allows a user to submit one or more parameters to an application software program running on a server
  • a form 867 is a group element 838 m the document hierarchy It ultimately contams a set of termmal field elements 839
  • a form mstance 868 represents a pnnted mstance of a lorm It consists of a set of field instances 870 which conespond to the field elements 845 of the form Each field instance has an associated value 871, whose type depends on the type of the conespondmg field element
  • Each field value records input through a particular pnnted form mstance, l e through one or more pnnted netpages
  • the form class diagram is shown m Figure 32
  • Each form mstance has a status 872 which mdicates whether the form is active, frozen, submitted, void or expired A form is active when
  • Each form mstance is associated (at 59) with any form instances denved from it, thus providing a version history This allows all but the latest version of a form m a particular time penod to be excluded from a search
  • Digital ink 873 consists of a set of timestamped stroke groups 874, each of which consists of a set of styled strokes 875 Each stroke consists of a set of timestamped pen positions 876, each of which also mcludes pen onentation and mb force
  • the digital mk class diagram is shown m Figure 33
  • a field element 845 can be a checkbox field 877, a text field 878, a drawing field 879, or a signature field 880
  • the field element class diagram is shown m Figure 34 Any digital ink captured m a field's zone 58 is assigned to the field
  • a checkbox field has an associated boolean value 881, as shown m Figure 35 Any mark (a tick, a cross, a stroke, a fill zigzag, etc ) captured m a checkbox field's zone causes a true value to be assigned to the field's value
  • a text field has an associated text value 882, as shown m Figure 36
  • Any digital mk captured m a text field's zone is automatically converted to text via online handwnting recognition, and the text is assigned to the field's value Online handwnting recognition is well-understood (see, for example, Tappert, C , C Y Suen and T Wakahara,
  • a signature field has an associated digital signature value 883, as shown in Figure 37
  • Any digital ink captured m a signature field's zone is automatically venfied with respect to the identity of the owner of the pen, and a digital signature of the content of the form of which the field is part is generated and assigned to the field's value
  • the digital signature is generated usmg the pen user's pnvate signature key specific to the application which owns the form Online signature venfication is well-understood (see, for example, Plamondon, R and G Lorette, "Automatic Signature
  • a field element is hidden if its "hidden" attnbute is set
  • a hidden field element does not have an mput zone on a page and does not accept mput It can have an associated field value which is mcluded m the form data when the form contammg the field is submitted
  • Editing commands such as stnke-throughs mdicatmg deletion, can also be recognized in form fields
  • Digital ink as already stated, consists of a sequence of strokes Any stroke which starts m a particular element's zone is appended to that element's digital ink stream, ready for interpretation Any stroke not appended to an object's digital mk stream is appended to the background field's digital ink stream
  • Circumscnption of one or more objects is generally mterpreted as a selection of the circumscnbed objects, although the actual interpretation is application-specific
  • Table 2 summanses these vanous pen interactions with a netpage
  • the raw digital ink captured m every field is retained on the netpage page server and is optionally transmitted with the form data when the form is submitted to the application. This allows the application to mtenogate the raw digital ink should it suspect the ongmal conversion, such as the conversion of handwntten text This can, for example, mvolve human intervention at the application level for forms which fail certain application-specific consistency checks As an extension to this, the entire background area of a form can be designated as a drawing field
  • the application can then decide, on the basis of the presence of digital ink outside the explicit fields of the form, to route the form to a human operator, on the assumption that the user may have mdicated amendments to the filled-m fields outside of those fields
  • Figure 38 shows a flowchart of the process of handling pen input relative to ? netpage
  • the process consists of receiving (at 884) a stroke from the pen, identifymg (at 885) the page instance 830 to which the page ID 50 in the stroke refers, retnevmg (at 886) the page descnption 5, identifymg (at 887) a formatted element 839 whose zone 58 the stroke mtersects, determining (at 888) whether the formatted element conesponds to a field element, and if so appending (at 892) the received stroke to the digital ink of the field value 871, mterpretmg (at 893) the accumulated digital ink of the field, and determining (at 894) whether the field is part of a hyperlinked group 866 and if so activating (at 895) the associated hyperlmk, alternatively determining (at 889) whether the formatted element conesponds to a hyperlmk element and if so
  • Figure 38a shows a detailed flowchart of step 893 m the process shown m Figure 38, where the accumulated digital ink of a field is mterpreted accordmg to the type of the field
  • the process consists of determining (at
  • a page server command is a command which is handled locally by the page server It operates directly on form, page and document instances
  • a page server command 907 can be a void form command 908, a duplicate form command 909, a reset form command 910, a get form status command 911, a duplicate page command 912, a reset page command 913, a get page status command 914, a duplicate document command 915, a reset document command 916, or a get document status command 917, as shown m Figure 39
  • a void form command voids the conespondmg form mstance
  • a duplicate form command voids the conespondmg form mstance and then produces an active pnnted copy of the cunent form mstance with field values preserved The copy contams the same hyperlink transaction IDs as the ongmal, and so is indistinguishable from the ongmal to an application
  • a reset form command voids the conespondmg form mstance and then produces an active pnnted copy of the form instance with field values discarded
  • a get form status command produces a pnnted report on the status of the cone
  • a duplicate page command produces a pnnted copy of the conespondmg page instance with the background field value preserved If the page contams a form or is part of a form, then the duplicate page command is mterpreted as a duplicate form command
  • a reset page command produces a pnnted copy of the conespondmg page mstance with the background field value discarded If the page contains a form or is part of a form, then the reset page command is mterpreted as a reset form command
  • a get page status command produces a pnnted report on the status of the conespondmg page mstance, mcludmg who published it, when it was pnnted, for whom it was pnnted, and the status of any forms it contams or is part of
  • the netpage logo which appears on every netpage is usually associated with a duplicate page element
  • field values are pnnted in their native form
  • l e a checkmark appears as a standard checkmark graphic
  • text appears as typeset text Only drawings and signatures appear m their ongmal form, with a signature accompanied by a standard graphic indicating successful signature venfication
  • a duplicate document command produces a pnnted copy of the conespondmg document mstance with background field values preserved If the document contams any forms, then the duplicate document command duplicates the forms m the same way a duplicate form command does
  • a reset document command produces a pnnted copy of the conespondmg document mstance with background field values discarded If the document contams any forms, then the reset document command resets the forms m the same way a reset form command does
  • a get document status command produces a pnnted report on the status of the conespondmg document mstance, mcludmg who published it, when it was pnnted, for whom it was pnnted, and the status of any forms it contams
  • the command operates on the page identified by the pen's cunent selection rather than on the page contammg the command This allows a menu of page server commands to be pnnted If the target page doesn't contain a page server command element for the designated page server command, then the command is ignored
  • An application can provide application-specific handling by embedding the relevant page server command element m a hyperlmked group
  • the page server activates the hyperlink associated with the hyperlinked group rather than executing the page server command
  • a page server command element is hidden if its "hidden" attnbute is set
  • a hidden command element does not have an mput zone on a page and so cannot be activated directly by a user It can, however, be activated via a page server command embedded m a different page, if that page server command has its "on selected" attnbute set
  • each netpage is pnnted with the netpage logo at the bottom to mdicate that it is a netpage and therefore has mteractive properties
  • the logo also acts as a copy button In most cases pressmg the logo produces a copy of the page In the case of a form, the button produces a copy of the entire form And m the case of a secure document, such as a ticket or coupon, the button elicits an explanatory note or advertismg page
  • the netpage pnnter has a smgle button labelled "Help" When pressed it elicits a smgle page of information, mcludmg
  • the help menu provides a hierarchical manual on how to use the netpage system
  • the document function menu mcludes the following functions
  • a document function is initiated by simply pressing the button and then touching any page of the document.
  • the netpage network directory allows the user to navigate the hierarchy of publications and services on the network As an alternative, the user can call the netpage network "900" number "yellow pages” and speak to a human operator The operator can locate the desired document and route it to the user's pnnter Dependmg on the document type, the publisher or the user pays the small "yellow pages" service fee
  • the help page is obviously unavailable if the pnnter is unable to pnnt In this case the "enor" light is lit and the user can request remote diagnosis over the network 2 PERSONALIZED PUBLICATION MODEL
  • news is used as a canonical publication example to illustrate personalization mechanisms in the netpage system
  • news is often used m the limited sense of newspaper and newsmagazme news, the intended scope m the present context is wider
  • the editonal content and the advertising content of a news publication are personalized using different mechanisms
  • the editonal content is personalized accordmg to the reader's explicitly stated and implicitly captured mterest profile
  • the advertising content is personalized accordmg to the reader's locality and demographic 2.1 EDITORIAL PERSONALIZATION
  • a subscnber can draw on two lands of news sources those that deliver news publications, and those that deliver news streams While news publications are aggregated and edited by the publisher, news sfreams are aggregated either by a news publisher or by a specialized news aggregator News publications typically conespond to traditional newspapers and newsmagazmes, while news streams can be many and vaned a "raw" news feed from a news service, a cartoon stnp, a freelance wnter's column, a friend's bulletin board, or the reader's own e-mail
  • the netpage publication server supports the publication of edited news publications as well as the aggregation of multiple news streams By handling the aggregation and hence the formatting of news streams selected directly by the reader, the server is able to place advertismg on pages over which it otherwise has no editonal control
  • the subscnber builds a daily newspaper by selecting one or more contnbuting news publications, and creating a personalized version of each
  • the resulting daily editions are pnnted and bound together mto a smgle newspaper
  • the vanous members of a household typically express their different interests and tastes by selecting different daily publications and then customizing them
  • Custom sections might be created for e-mail and friends' announcements ("Personal"), or for monitoring news feeds for specific topics ("Alerts” or "Clippings")
  • the reader optionally specifies its size, either qualitatively (e g short, medium, or long), or numencally (l e as a limit on its number of pages), and the desired proportion of advertismg, either qualitatively (e g high, normal, low, none), or numencally (I e as a percentage)
  • the reader also optionally expresses a preference for a large number of shorter articles or a small number of longer articles Each article is ideally wntten (or edited) m both short and long forms to support this preference
  • An article may also be wntten (or edited) m different versions to match the expected sophistication of the reader, for example to provide children's and adults' versions
  • the appropnate version is selected accordmg to the reader's age
  • the reader can specify a "reading age" which takes precedence over their biological age
  • each section is selected and pnontized by the editors, and each is assigned a useful lifetime By default they are delivered to all relevant subscnbers, m pnonty order, subject to space constraints m the subscnbers' editions
  • the reader may optionally enable collaborative filtermg This is then applied to articles which have a sufficiently long lifetime
  • Each article which qualifies for collaborative filtermg is pnnted with ratmg buttons at the end of the article
  • the buttons can provide an easy choice (e g "liked” and "disliked'), making it more likely that readers will bother to rate the article
  • the reader optionally specifies a serendipity factor, either qualitatively (e g do or don't surpnse me), or numencally
  • a serendipity factor lowers the threshold used for matching dunng collaborative filtermg
  • a high factor makes it more likely that the conespondmg section will be filled to the reader's specified capacity
  • a different serendipity factor can be specified for different days of the week
  • the reader also optionally specifies topics of particular interest within a section, and this modifies the pnonties assigned by the editors
  • the speed of the reader's Internet connection affects the quality at which images can be delivered
  • the reader optionally specifies a preference for fewer unages or smaller unages or both If the number or size of images is not reduced, then unages may be delivered at lower quality (1 e at lower resolution or with greater compression)
  • the reader specifies how quantities, dates, times and monetary values are localized This mvolves specifying whether umts are impenal or metric, a local tunezone and time format, and a local currency, and whether the localization consist of in situ translation or annotation
  • the reader optionally specifies a global preference for a larger presentation
  • Both text and unages are scaled accordmgly, and less mformation is accommodated on each page
  • the netpage system can be configured to provide automatic translation services in vanous guises 2.2 ADVERTISING LOCALIZATION AND TARGETING
  • the personalization of the editonal content directly affects the advertismg content, because advertismg is typically placed to exploit the editonal context Travel ads, for example, are more likely to appear m a travel section than elsewhere
  • the value of the editonal content to an advertiser lies m its ability to attract large numbers of readers with the nght demographics Effective advertismg is placed on the basis of locality and demographics Locality determines proximity to particular services, retailers etc , and particular mterests and concerns associated with the local community and environment Demographics determme general mterests and preoccupations as well as likely spending patterns
  • a news publisher's most profitable product is advertismg "space", a multi-dimensional entity determined by the publication's geographic coverage the size of its readership, its readership demographics, and the page area available for advertising
  • the netpage publication server computes the approxm tie multi-dimensional size of a publication's saleable advertismg space on a per-section basis, taking mto account the publication's geographic coverage, the section's readership, the size of each reader's section edition, each reader's advertismg proportion, and each reader's demographic In companson with other media, the netpage system allows the advertising space to be defined m greater detail, and allows smaller pieces of it to be sold separately It therefore allows it to be sold at closer to its true value
  • the same advertismg "slot" can be sold m varying proportions to several advertisers, with mdividual readers' pages randomly receivmg the advertisement of one advertiser or another, overall preserving the proportion of space sold to each advertiser
  • the netpage system allows advertismg to be linked duectly to detailed product information and online purchasmg It therefore raises the lntnnsic value of the advertismg space
  • an advertising aggregator can provide arbitranly broad coverage of both geography and demographics
  • the subsequent disaggregation is efficient because it is automatic This makes it more cost-effective for publishers to deal with advertismg aggregators than to directly capture advertismg Even though the advertising aggregator is taking a proportion of advertising revenue, publishers may find the change profit-neutral because of the greater efficiency of aggregation
  • the advertismg aggregator acts as an intermediary between advertisers and publishers, and may place the same advertisement m multiple publications
  • ad placement m a netpage publication can be more complex than ad placement in the publication's traditional counterpart, because the publication's advertismg space is more complex While ignoring the full complexities of negotiations between advertisers, advertismg aggregators and publishers, the prefened form of the netpage system provides some automated support for these negotiations, mcludmg support for automated auctions of advertismg space Automation is particularly desirable for the placement of advertisements which generate small amounts of mcome, such as small or highly localized advertisements
  • the aggregator captures and edits the advertisement and records it on a netpage ad server Conespondmgly, the publisher records the ad placement on the relevant netpage publication server When the netpage publication server lays out each user's personalized publication, it picks the relevant advertisements from the netpage ad server 2.3 USER PROFILES
  • a collaborative filte ⁇ ng vector consists of the user's ratings of a number of news items It is used to conelate different users' mterests for the purposes of making recommendations
  • mcludmg name, street address, ZIP Code, state, country, telephone numbers are global by nature, and are mamtamed by a netpage registration server
  • the localization of advertismg relies on the locality mdicated m the user's contact details, while the targeting of advertismg relies on personal mformation such as date of birth, gender, mantal status, mcome, profession, education, or qualitative denvatives such as age range and mcome range
  • advertismg For those users who choose to reveal personal mformation for advertismg purposes the information is mamtamed by the relevant netpage registration server In the absence of such information, advertismg can be targeted on the basis of the demographic associated with the user's ZIP or ZIP+4 Code
  • Each user, pen, pnnter, application provider and application is assigned its own unique identifier, and the netpage registration server maintains the relationships between them, as shown m Figures 21, 22, 23 and 24
  • a publisher is a special kind of application provider, and a publication is a special kmd of application
  • Each user 800 may be authorized to use any number of pnnters 802, and each pnnter may allow any number of users to use it
  • Each user has a smgle default pnnter (at 66), to which penodical publications are delivered by default, whilst pages pnnted on demand are delivered to the pnnter through which the user is mteractmg
  • the server keeps track of which publishers a user has authorized to pnnt to the user's default pnnter A publisher does not record the ID of any particular pnnter, but mstead resolves the ID when it is required
  • the publisher 806 (1 e application provider 803) is authorized to pnnt to a specified pnnter or the user's default pnnter This authorization can be revoked at any time by the user
  • Each user may have several pens 801, but a pen is specific to a smgle user If a user is authorized to use a particular pnnter, then that pnnter recognizes any of the user's pens
  • the pen ID is used to locate the conespondmg user profile mamtamed by a particular netpage registration server, via the DNS m the usual way
  • a Web termmal 809 can be authorized to pnnt on a particular netpage pnnter, allowmg Web pages and netpage documents encountered durmg Web browsmg to be conveniently prmted on the nearest netpage pnnter
  • the netpage system can collect, on behalf of a pnnter provider, fees and commissions on mcome earned through publications pnnted on the provider's pnnters Such income can mclude advertismg fees, click-through fees, e- commerce commissions, and transaction fees If the pnnter is owned by the user, then the user is the pnnter provider
  • Each user also has a netpage account 820 which is used to accumulate micro-debits and credits (such as those descnbed m the preceding paragraph), contact details 815, mcludmg name, address and telephone numbers, global preferences 816, mcludmg pnvacy, delivery and localization settings, any number of biometnc records 817, contammg the user's encoded signature 818, fingerpnnt 819 etc, a handwntmg model 819 automatically mamtamed by the system, and SET payment card accounts 821 with which e-commerce payments can be made
  • a netpage user can maintain a list 922 of "favontes" - links to useful documents etc on the netpage network
  • the list is mamtamed by the system on the user's behalf It is organized as a hierarchv of folders 924, a preferned embodiment of which is shown m the class diagram m Figure 41
  • the system maintains a history list 929 on each user's behalf, contammg links to documents etc accessed by the user through the netpage system It is organized as a date-ordered list, a prefened embodiment of which is shown m the class diagram in Figure 42 2.4 INTELLIGENT PAGE LAYOUT
  • the netpage publication server automatically lays out the pages of each user's personalized publication on a section-by-section basis Since most advertisements are m the form of pre-formatted rectangles, they are placed on the page before the editonal content
  • the advertismg ratio for a section can be achieved with wildly varying advertismg ratios on mdividual pages within the section, and the ad layout algonthm exploits this
  • the algonthm is configured to attempt to co-locate closely tied editonal and advertismg content, such as placmg ads for roofing matenal specifically within the publication because of a special feature on do-it-yourself roofing repairs
  • the primary efficiency mechanism is the separation of mformation specific to a smgle user's edition and mformation shared between multiple users' editions
  • the specific mformation consists of the page layout
  • the shared mformation consists of the objects to which the page layout refers, mcludmg images, graphics, and pieces of text
  • a text object contams fully-formatted text represented m the Extensible Markup Language (XML) usmg the Extensible Stylesheet Language (XSL) XSL provides precise confrol over text formatting mdependently of the region mto which the text is bemg set, which m this case is bemg provided by the layout
  • the text object contams embedded language codes to enable automatic translation, and embedded hyphenation hints to aid with paragraph formatting
  • An unage object encodes an unage m the JPEG 2000 wavelet-based compressed image format
  • a graphic object encodes a 2D graphic m Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) format
  • the layout itself consists of a senes of placed unage and graphic objects, linked textflow objects through which text objects flow, hyperlinks and mput fields as descnbed above, and watermark regions These layout objects are summanzed m Table 3
  • the layout uses a compact format suitable for efficient distnbution and storage Table 3 - netpage layout objects
  • the netpage publication server allocates, with the help of the netpage ID server 12, a unique ID for each page, page instance, document, and document mstance
  • the server computes a set of optimized subsets of the shared content and creates a multicast channel for each subset, and then tags each user-specific layout with the names of the multicast channels which will carry the shared content used by that layout
  • the server then pomtcasts each user's layouts to that user's pnnter via the appropnate page server, and when the pomtcastmg is complete, multicasts the shared content on the specified channels
  • each page server and pnnter subscnbes to the multicast channels specified m the page layouts Dunng the multicasts, each page server and pnnter extracts from the multicast streams those objects refened to by its page layouts
  • the page servers persistently archive the received page layouts and shared content
  • the pnnter re-creates the fully- populated layout and then rastenzes and prints it
  • the pnnter prints pages faster than they can be delivered Assummg a quarter of each page is covered with images, the average page has a size of less than 400KB The pnnter can therefore hold m excess of 100 such pages m its internal 64MB memory, allowmg for temporary buffers etc The pnnter prints at a rate of one page per second This is equivalent to 400KB or about 3Mbit of page data per second, which is similar to the highest expected rate of page data delivery over a broadband network
  • the netpage publication server therefore allows pnnters to submit requests for re- multicasts When a cntical number of requests is received or a timeout occurs, the server re-multicasts the conespondmg shared objects
  • a pnnter can produce an exact duplicate at any time by retneving its page layouts and contents from the relevant page server 2.7 ON-DEMAND DOCUMENTS
  • a netpage document is requested on demand, it can be personalized and delivered in much the same way as a penodical
  • delivery is made duectly to the requestmg pnnter without the use of multicast
  • a netpage formatting server is a special mstance of a netpage publication server
  • the netpage formatting server has knowledge ot vanous Internet document formats, mcludmg Adobe's Portable Document Format (PDF), and Hypertext Markup Language (HTML)
  • PDF Portable Document Format
  • HTML Hypertext Markup Language
  • HTML it can make use of the higher resolution of the pnnted page to present Web pages m a multi-column format, with a table of contents It can automatically mclude all Web pages directly linked to the requested page The user can tune this behavior via a preference
  • the netpage formatting server makes standard netpage behavior, mcludmg interactivity and persistence, available on any Internet document, no matter what its ongin and format It hides knowledge of different document formats from both the netpage pnnter and the netpage page server, and hides knowledge of the netpage system from Web servers 3 SECURITY 3.1 CRYPTOGR
  • Cryptography is used to protect sensitive mformation, both m storage and m transit, and to authenticate parties to a transaction
  • the netpage network uses both classes of cryptography
  • Secret-key cryptography also refened to as symmetnc cryptography, uses the same kev to encrypt and decrypt a message Two parties wishing to exchange messages must first anange to securely exchange the secret key
  • Public-key cryptography also refened to asymmetnc cryptography, uses two encryption keys
  • the two keys are mathematically related m such a way that any message encrypted usmg one key can only be decrypted usmg the other key
  • One of these keys is then published, while the other is kept pnvate
  • the public key is used to encrypt any message mtended for the holder of the pnvate key
  • a message can only be decrypted usmg the pnvate key
  • Two parties can securely exchange messages without first havmg to exchange a secret key
  • Public-key cryptography can be used to create a digital signature
  • the holder of the pnvate key can create a known hash of a message and then encrypt the hash usmg the pnvate key
  • anyone can then venfy that the encrypted hash constitutes the "sig"
  • a certificate authonty is a trusted third party which authenticates the connection between a public key and someone's identity
  • the certificate authonty venfies the person's identity by examining identity documents, and then creates and signs a digital certificate contammg the person's identity details and public key
  • anyone who trusts the certificate authonty can use the public key m the certificate with a high degree of certainty that it is genume They just have to venfy that the certificate has mdeed been signed by the certificate authonty, whose public key is well-known
  • Each netpage pnnter is assigned a pair of unique identifiers at time of manufacture which are stored m read-only memory m the pnnter and m the netpage registration server database
  • the first ID 62 is public and uniquely identifies the pnnter on the netpage network
  • the second ID is secret and is used when the pnnter is first registered on the network
  • the server compares the secret ID against the pnnter' s secret ID recorded m its database, and accepts the registration if the IDs match It then creates and signs a certificate contammg the pnnter' s public ID and public signature key, and stores the certificate m the registration database
  • the netpage registration server acts as a certificate authonty for netpage pnnters, smce it has access to secret information allow
  • a record is created m the netpage registration server database authonzmg the publisher to pnnt the publication to the user's default pnnter or a specified pnnter
  • Every document sent to a pnnter via a page server is addressed to a particular user and is signed by the publisher usmg the publisher's pnvate signature key
  • the page server venfies, via the registration database, that the publisher is authorized to deliver the publication to the specified user
  • the page server venfies the signature usmg the publisher's public key, obtamed from the publisher's certificate stored m the registration database
  • the netpage registration server accepts requests to add pnnting authorizations to the database, so long as those requests are initiated via a pen registered to the pnnter
  • Each netpage pen is assigned a unique identifier at time of manufacture which is stored m read-only memory m the pen and m the netpage registration server database
  • the pen ID 61 umquely identifies the pen on the netpage network
  • a netpage pen can "know” a number of netpage pnnters, and a prmter can "know” a number of pens
  • a pen commumcates with a pnnter via a radio frequency signal whenever it is within range of the pnnter
  • a pen stores a session key for every pnnter it knows, mdexed by pnnter ID, and a pnnter stores a session key for every pen it knows, indexed by pen ID Both have a large but finite storage capacity for session keys, and will forget a session key on a least-recently-used basis if necessary
  • the pen and pnnter discover whether they know each other If they don't know each other, then the pnnter determines whether it is supposed to know the pen This might be, for example, because the pen belongs to a user who is registered to use the pnnter If the pnnter is meant to know the pen but doesn't, then it initiates the automatic pen regisfration procedure If the pnnter isn't meant to know the pen, then it agrees with the pen to ignore it until the pen is placed m a charging cup, at which time it initiates the registration procedure In addition to its public ID, the pen contams a secret key-exchange key The key-exchange key is also recorded m the netpage registration server database at time of manufacture Dunng registration, the pen transmits its pen ID to the pnnter, and the pnnter transmits the pen ID to the netpage registration server The server generates a session key for the pnnter and pen
  • the pen uses secret-key rather than public-key encryption because of hardware performance constraints m the pen
  • the netpage system supports the delivery of secure documents such as tickets and coupons
  • the netpage pnnter m cludes a facility to pnnt watermarks, but will only do so on request from publishers who are suitably authorized
  • the publisher mdicates its authonty to pnnt watermarks m its certificate, which the pnnter is able to authenticate
  • the "watermark” prmtmg process uses an alternative dither matrix m specified "watermark" regions of the page Back-to-back pages contam minor-image watermark regions which coincide when pnnted
  • the dither matnces used m odd and even pages' watermark regions are designed to produce an interference effect when the regions are viewed together, achieved by looking through the pnnted sheet
  • the effect is similar to a watermark m that it is not visible when looking at only one side of the page, and is lost when the page is copied by normal means
  • Pages of secure documents cannot be copied usmg the built-in netpage copy mechanism descnbed m Section 1 9 above This extends to copying netpages on netpage-aware photocopiers Secure documents are typically generated as part of e-commerce transactions They can therefore mclude the user's photograph which was captured when the user registered biometnc information with the netpage regisfration server, as descnbed m Section 2
  • a secure document venfication pen can be developed with bmlt-m feedback on venfication failure, to support easy pomt-of-presentation document venfication
  • the netpage system uses the Secure Electronic Transaction (SET) system as one of its payment systems SET, havmg been developed by MasterCard and Visa, is organized around payment cards, and this is reflected m the terminology However, much of the system is mdependent of the type of accounts bemg used
  • the netpage registration server acts as a proxy for the netpage user (I e the cardholder) m SET payment transactions
  • the netpage system uses biometncs to authenticate the user and authorize SET payments Because the system is pen-based, the biometnc used is the user s on-lme signature, consisting of time-varying pen position and pressure A fingerprint biometnc can also be used by designing a fingerprint sensor mto the pen, although at a higher cost The type of biometnc used only affects the capture of the biometnc, not the authorization aspects of the system
  • the first step to bemg able to make SET payments is to register the user's biometnc with the netpage regisfration server This is done m a controlled environment, for example a bank, where the biometnc can be captured at the same tune as the user's identity is venfied
  • the biometnc is captured and stored m the registration database, Imked to the user's record
  • the user's photograph is also optionally captured and Imked to the record
  • the SET cardholder registration process is completed, and the resulting pnvate signature key and certificate are stored m the database
  • the user's payment card information is also stored, givmg the netpage regisfration server enough mformation to act as the user's proxy m any SET payment transaction
  • the pnnter securely fransmits the order information, the pen ED and the biometnc data to the netpage registration server
  • the server venfies the biometnc with respect to the user identified by the pen ID, and from then on acts as the user's proxy m completing the SET payment transaction
  • the netpage system mcludes a mechanism for micro-payments, to allow the user to be convemently charged for pnnting low-cost documents on demand and for copying copynght documents, and possibly also to allow the user to be reimbursed for expenses incurred m prmtmg advertising matenal The latter depends on the level of subsidy already provided to the user
  • a network account which aggregates micro- payments
  • the user receives a statement on a regular basis, and can settle any outstanding debit balance usmg the standard payment mechanism
  • the network account can be extended to aggregate subscnption fees for penodicals, which would also otherwise be presented to the user m the form of mdividual statements
  • the application When a user requests a netpage in a particular application context, the application is able to embed a user-specific transaction ID 55 in the page Subsequent mput through the page is tagged with the transaction ID, and the application is thereby able to establish an appropnate context for the user's mput
  • the application When mput occurs through a page which is not user-specific, however, the application must use the user's unique identity to establish a context
  • a typical example mvolves add g items from a pie-prmted catalog page to the user's virtual "shopping cart"
  • the unique user ID 60 known to the netpage system is not divulged to applications This is to prevent different application providers from easily conelating mdependently accumulated behavioral data
  • the netpage registration server mstead maintains an anonymous relationship between a user and an application via a unique alias ID 65, as shown m Figure 24 Whenever the user activates a hyperlink tagged with the "registered" attnbute,
  • the application maintains state mformation mdexed by alias ID, and is able to retneve user-specific state information without knowledge of the global identity of the user
  • the system also maintains an mdependent certificate and pnvate signature key for each of a user's applications, to allow it to sign application transactions on behalf of the user usmg only application-specific mformation
  • the system records a favonte application on behalf of the user for any number of product types
  • Each application is associated with an application provider, and the system maintains an account on behalf of each application provider, to allow it to credit and debit the provider for click-through fees etc
  • An application provider can be a publisher of penodical subscnbed content
  • the system records the user's willmgness to receive the subscnbed publication, as well as the expected frequency of publication 4.5 RESOURCE DESCRIPTIONS AND COPYRIGHT
  • FIG. 40 A prefened embodiment of a resource descnption class diagram is shown m Figure 40
  • Each document and content object may be descnbed by one or more resource descnpttons 842
  • Resource descnptions use the Dublm Core metadata element set, which is designed to facilitate discovery of electronic resources
  • a resource descnption may identify nghts holders 920
  • the netpage system automatically transfers copynght fees from users to nghts holders when users pnnt copynght content 5
  • COMMUNICATIONS PROTOCOLS A communications protocol defines an ordered exchange of messages between entities In the netpage system, entities such as pens, pnnters and servers utilise a set of defined protocols to cooperatively handle user interaction with the netpage system
  • Each protocol is illustrated by way of a sequence diagram in which the honzontal dimension is used to represent message flow and the vertical dimension is used to represent time
  • Each entity is represented by a rectangle contammg the name of the entity and a vertical column representing the lifelme of the entity Dunng the time an entity exists, the lifelme is shown as a dashed lme Dunng the time an entity is active, the lifelme is shown as a double lme
  • the protocols considered here do not create or destroy entities, lifelines are generally cut short as soon as an entity ceases to participate in a protocol 5.1
  • SUBSCRIPTION DELIVERY PROTOCOL A prefened embodiment of a subscnption delivery protocol is shown m Figure 43
  • the subscnption delivery protocol therefore delivers document structures to mdividual pnnters via pomtcast, but delivers shared content objects via multicast
  • the application (l e publisher) first obtains a document ID 51 for each document from an ID server 12 It then sends each document structure, mcludmg its document ID and page descnptions, to the page server 10 responsible for the document's newly allocated ID It includes its own application ID 64, the subscnber's alias ID 65, and the relevant set of multicast channel names It signs the message usmg its pnvate signature key
  • the page server uses the application ID and alias ID to obtain from the registration server the conespondmg user ID 60, the user's selected pnnter ID 62 (which may be explicitly selected for the application, or may be the user's default pnnter), and the application's certificate
  • the application's certificate allows the page server to venfy the message signature
  • the page server's request to the registration server fails if the application ID and alias ID don't together identify a subscnption 808
  • the page server then allocates document and page mstance IDs and forwards the page descnptions, mcludmg page IDs 50, to the pnnter It mcludes the relevant set of multicast channel names for the pnnter to listen to
  • the pen When a user clicks on a netpage with a netpage pen, the pen commumcates the click to the nearest netpage pnnter 601 The click identifies the page and a location on the page The pnnter already knows the ID 61 of the pen from the pen connection protocol
  • the pnnter determines, via the DNS, the network address of the page server 10a handling the particular page ID 50 The address may already be m its cache if the user has recently mteracted with the same page The pnnter then forwards the pen ID, its own pnnter ID 62, the page ID and click location to the page server
  • the page server loads the page descnption 5 identified by the page ID and determines which mput element's zone 58, if any, the click lies m Assummg the relevant mput element is a hyperlink element 844, the page server then obtains the associated application ID 64 and link ID 54, and determines, via the DNS, the network address of the application server hosting the application 71
  • the page server uses the pen ID 61 to obtain the conespondmg user ID 60 from the registration server 11 , and then allocates a globally umque hyperlink request ID 52 and builds a hyperlmk request 934
  • the hyperlink request class diagram is shown m Figure 44
  • the hyperlink request records the IDs of the requesting user and pnnter, and identifies the clicked hyperlink mstance 862
  • the page server then sends its own server ID 53, the hyperlmk request ID, and the link ID to the application
  • the application produces a response document according to application-specific logic, and obtains a document ID 51 from an ID server 12 It then sends the document to the page server 10b responsible for the document's newly allocated ID, together with the requesting page server's ED and the hyperlink request ID
  • the second page server sends the hyperlmk request ID and application ID to the first page server to obtain the conespondmg user ID and pnnter ID 62
  • the first page server rejects the request if the hyperlink request has expired or is for a different application
  • the second page server allocates document mstance and page IDs 50, returns the newlv allocated page IDs to the application, adds the complete document to its own database, and finally sends the page descnptions to the requesting pnnter
  • the hyperlink instance may mclude a meaningful transaction ID 55, m which case the first page server mcludes the transaction ID m the message sent to the application This allows the application to establish a transaction- specific context for the hyperlink activation If the hyperlink requires a user alias, l e its "alias required" attnbute is set, then the first page server sends both the pen ID 61 and the hyperlink's application ID 64 to the registration server 11 to obtain not just the user ID conespondmg to the pen ID but also the alias ID 65 conespondmg to the application ID and the user ID It mcludes the alias ID m the message sent to the application, allowmg the application to establish a user-specific context for the hyperlink activation 5.3 HANDWRITING RECOGNITION PROTOCOL
  • the pen When a user draws a stroke on a netpage with a netpage pen, the pen commumcates the stroke to the nearest netpage pnnter The stroke identifies the page and a path on the page
  • the pnnter forwards the pen ID 61, its own pnnter ID 62, the page ID 50 and stroke path to the page server 10 m the usual way
  • the page server loads the page descnption 5 identified by the page ID and determines which mput element's zone 58, if any, the stroke intersects Assummg the relevant input element is a text field 878, the page server appends the sfroke to the text field's digital mk After a penod of inactivity m the zone of the text field, the page server sends the pen ID and the pending sfrokes to the registration server 11 for interpretation
  • the registration server identifies the user conespondmg to the pen, and uses the user's accumulated handwnting model 822 to mterpret the strokes as handwntten text Once it has converted the sfrokes to text, the registration server retums the text to the requesting page server The page server appends the text to the text value of the text
  • the page server 10 appends the stroke to the signature field's digital ink
  • the page server After a penod of inactivity m the zone of the signature field, the page server sends the pen ID 61 and the pending strokes to the regisfration server 11 for venfication It also sends the application ID 64 associated with the form of which the signature field is part, as well as the form ID 56 and the cunent data content of the form
  • the regisfration server identifies the user conespondmg to the pen, and uses the user's dynamic signature biometnc 818 to venfy the strokes as the user's signature
  • the registration server uses the application ID 64 and user ID 60 to identify the user's application-specific pnvate signature key It then uses the key to generate a digital signature of the form data, and retums the digital signature to the requestmg page server
  • the page server assigns the digital signature to the signature field and sets the associated form's status to frozen
  • the digital signature includes the alias ID 65 of the conespondmg user This allows a smgle lo m to capture multiple users' signatures
  • the hyperlmk activation message sent by the page server 10 to the application 71 also contams the form ID 56 and the cunent data content of the form If the form contams any signature fields, then the application venfies each one by extracting the alias ID 65 associated with the conespondmg digital signature and obtaining the conespondmg certificate from the registration server 11
  • fees and commissions may be payable from an application provider to a publisher on click-throughs, transactions and sales Commissions on fees and commissions on commissions may also be payable from the publisher to the provider of the pnnter
  • the hyperlink request ID 52 is used to route a fee or commission credit from the target application provider 70a (e g merchant) to the source application provider 70b (I e publisher), and from the source application provider 70b to the pnnter provider 72
  • the target application receives the hyperlink request ID from the page server 10 when the hyperlink is first activated, as descnbed m Section 5 2
  • the target application needs to credit the source application provider, it sends the application provider credit to the ongmal page server together with the hyperlink request ID
  • the page server uses the hyperlink request ID to identify the source application, and sends the credit on to the relevant regisfration server 11 together with the source application ID 64, its own server ID 53, and the hyperlink request ID
  • the regisfration server credits the conespondmg application provider's account 827 It also notifies the application provider
  • the application provider needs to credit the pnnter provider, it sends the pnnter provider credit to the ongmal page server together with the hyperlink request ID
  • the page server uses the hyperlink request ID to identify the pnnter, and sends the credit on to the relevant registration server together with the pnnter ID
  • the regisfration server credits the conespondmg pnnter provider account 814
  • the source application provider is optionally notified of the identify of the target application provider, and the pnnter provider of the identity of the source application provider 6.
  • the pen generally designated by reference numeral 101, mcludes a housmg 102 m the form of a plastics moulding havmg walls 103 defining an mtenor space 104 for mounting the pen components
  • the pen top 105 is m operation rotatably mounted at one end 106 of the housmg 102
  • a semi-transparent cover 107 is secured to the opposite end 108 of the housing 102
  • the cover 107 is also of moulded plastics, and is formed from semi-transparent matenal in order to enable the user to view the status of the LED mounted within the housmg 102
  • the cover 107 mcludes a mam part 109 which substantially sunounds the end 108 of the housing 102 and a projecting portion 110 which projects back from the main part 109 and fits within a conespondmg slot 111 formed m the walls 103 of the housmg 102
  • a radio antenna 112 is mounted behmd the projectmg portion 110
  • a tn-color status LED 116 is mounted within the cover 107 .
  • the antenna 112 is also mounted on the flex PCB 117
  • the status LED 116 is mounted at the top of the pen 101 for good all-around visibility
  • the pen can operate both as a normal markmg ink pen and as a non-marking stylus
  • An ink pen cartndge 118 with nib 119 and a stylus 120 with stylus mb 121 are mounted side by side within the housmg 102 Either the ink cartndge mb 119 or the stylus mb 121 can be brought forward through open end 122 of the metal end piece 114, by rotation of the pen top 105
  • Respective slider blocks 123 and 124 are mounted to the ink cartndge 118 and stylus 120, respectively
  • a rotatable cam banel 125 is secured to the pen top 105 m operation and ananged to rotate therewith
  • the cam barrel 125 includes a cam 126 in the form of a slot within the walls 181 of the cam banel Cam followers 127 and 128 projectmg from slider blocks 123 and 124 fit withm the cam slot 126
  • the slider blocks 123 or 124 move relative to each other to project either the pen nib
  • a second flex PCB 129 is mounted on an electronics chassis 130 which sits within the housmg 102
  • the second flex PCB 129 mounts an infrared LED 131 for providmg infrared radiation for projection onto the surface
  • An unage sensor 132 is provided mounted on the second flex PCB 129 for receivmg reflected radiation from the surface
  • the second flex PCB 129 also mounts a radio frequency chip 133, which mcludes an RF transmitter and RF receiver, and a controller chip 134 for controlling operation of the pen 101
  • An optics block 135 (formed from moulded clear plastics) sits within the cover 107 and projects an infrared beam onto the surface and receives unages onto the image sensor 132
  • Power supply wires 136 connect the components on the second flex PCB 129 to battery contacts 137 which are mounted within the cam banel 125
  • a terminal 138 connects to the battery contacts 137 and the cam banel 125
  • Rubber gnp pads 141 and 142 are provided towards the end 108 of the housmg 102 to assist gnpping the pen 101, and top 105 also mcludes a clip 142 for clipping the pen 101 to a pocket
  • the pen 101 is ananged to determme the position of its mb (stylus b 121 or ink cartndge mb 119) by imaging, m the infrared spectrum, an area of the surface in the vicinity of the b It records the location data from the nearest location tag, and is ananged to calculate the distance of the mb 121 or 119 from the location tab utilismg optics 135 and controller chip 134
  • the controller chip 134 calculates the onentation of the pen and the nib-to-tag distance from the perspective distortion observed on the imaged tag
  • the pen 101 can transmit the digital ink data (which is encrypted for secunty and packaged for efficient transmission) to the computing system
  • the digital ink data is transmitted as it is formed
  • digital ink data is buffered within the pen 101 (the pen 101 circuitry mcludes a buffer ananged to store digital mk data for approximately 12 minutes of the pen motion on the surface) and can be transmitted later
  • the controller chip 134 is mounted on the second flex PCB 129 m the pen 101
  • Figure 10 is a block diagram illustrating m more detail the architecture of the confroller chip 134 Figure 10 also shows representations of the RF chip 133, the image sensor 132, the tn-color status LED 116, the IR illumination LED 131, the IR force sensor LED 143, and the force sensor photodiode 144
  • the pen controller chip 134 mcludes a controlling processor 145 Bus 146 enables the exchange of data between components of the controller chip 134 Flash memory 147 and a 512 KB DRAM 148 are also mcluded
  • An analog-to-digital converter 149 is arranged to convert the analog signal from the force sensor photodiode 144 to a digital signal
  • An image sensor interface 152 mterfaces with the image sensor 132
  • a transceiver controller 153 and base band cucuit 154 are also mcluded to mterface with the RF chip 133 which mcludes an RF circuit 155 and RF resonators and mductors 156 connected to the antenna 112
  • the controlling processor 145 captures and decodes location data from tags from the surface via the image sensor 132, momtors the force sensor photodiode 144, controls the LEDs 116, 131 and 143, and handles short-range radio communication via the radio transceiver 153 It is a medium-performance ( ⁇ 0MHz) general-purpose RISC processor
  • the processor 145, digital transceiver components (transceiver controller 153 and baseband circuit 154), image sensor mterface 152, flash memory 147 and 512KB DRAM 148 are mtegrated m a smgle confroller ASIC Analog RF components (RF circuit 155 and RF resonators and mductors 156) are provided m the separate RF chip
  • the image sensor is a 215x215 pixel CCD (such a sensor is produced by Matsushita Electronic Corporation, and is descnbed in a paper by Itakura, K T Nobusada, N Okusenya, R Nagayoshi, and M Ozaki, "A 1mm 50k-P ⁇ xel IT CCD Image Sensor for Miniature Camera System", IEEE Transactions on Electronic Devices, Volt 47, number 1, January 2000, which is incorporated herem by reference) with an IR filter
  • the controller ASIC 134 enters a quiescent state after a penod of inactivity when the pen 101 is not in contact with a surface It mcorporates a dedicated circuit 150 which monitors the force sensor photodiode 144 and wakes up the controller 134 via the power manager 151 on a pen-down event
  • the radio transceiver communicates m the unlicensed 900MHz band normally used by cordless telephones, or altematively m the unlicensed 2 4GHz industtial, scientific and medical (ISM) band, and uses frequency hoppmg and collision detection to provide interference-free communication
  • ISM scientific and medical
  • the pen mcorporates an Infrared Data Association (frDA) interface for short- range communication with a base station or netpage pnnter
  • the pen 101 m cludes a pair of orthogonal accelerometers mounted m the normal plane of the pen 101 axis
  • the accelerometers 190 are shown m Figures 9 and 10 m ghost outline
  • each location tag ID can then identify an object of mterest rather than a position on the surface For example, if the object is a user mterface mput element (e g a command button), then the tag ID of each location tag within the area of the mput element can directly identify the mput element
  • the acceleration measured by the accelerometers m each of the x and y directions is mtegrated with respect to time to produce an instantaneous velocity and position
  • the vertically-mounted netpage wallprmter 601 is shown fully assembled m Figure 11 It prints netpages on Letter/A4 sized media usmg duplexed 8' " MemjetTM pnnt engmes 602 and 603, as shown in Figures 12 and 12a It uses a straight paper path with the paper 604 passmg through the duplexed pnnt engmes 602 and 603 which pnnt both sides of a sheet simultaneously, m full color and with full bleed
  • An integral binding assembly 605 applies a stnp of glue along one edge of each pnnted sheet, allowmg it to adhere to the previous sheet when pressed agamst it This creates a final bound document 618 which can range m thickness from one sheet to several hundred sheets
  • the replaceable mk cartndge 627 shown m Figure 13 coupled with the duplexed pnnt engines, has bladders or chambers for stonng fixative, adhesive, and cyan, magenta, yellow, black and infrared inks
  • the cartndge also contains a micro air filter m a base moldmg
  • the micro air filter interfaces with an an pump 638 mside the pnnter via a hose 639 This provides filtered air to the pnntheads to prevent ingress of micro particles mto the MemjetTM p ⁇ ntheads 350 which might otherwise clog the pnnthead nozzles
  • the air filter within the cartndge, the operational life of the filter is effectively linked to the life of the cartndge
  • the ink cartndge is a fully recyclable product with a capacity for pnnting and gluing 3000 pages (1500 sheets)
  • the motorized media pick-up roller assembly 626 pushes the top sheet directly from the media tray past a paper sensor on the first pnnt engme 602 mto the duplexed MemjetTM pnnthead assembly
  • the two MemjetTM pnnt engmes 602 and 603 are mounted m an opposmg m-lme sequential configuration along the straight paper path
  • the paper 604 is drawn mto the first pnnt engine 602 by integral, powered pick-up rollers 626
  • the position and size of the paper 604 is sensed and full bleed pnnting commences Fixative is pnnted simultaneously to aid drying m the shortest possible tune
  • the paper 604 passes from the duplexed pnnt engmes 602 and 603 mto the bmder assembly 605
  • the pnnted page passes between a powered spike wheel axle 670 with a fibrous support roller and another movable axle with spike wheels and a momentary action glue wheel
  • the movable axle/glue assembly 673 is mounted to a metal support bracket and it is transported forward to mterface with the powered axle 670 via gears by action of a camshaft A separate motor powers this camshaft
  • the glue wheel assembly 673 consists of a partially hollow axle 679 with a rotating couplmg for the glue supply hose 641 from the ink cartndge 627 This axle 679 connects to a glue wheel, which absorbs adhesive by capillary action through radial holes A molded housmg 682 sunounds the glue wheel, with an opening at the front Pivoting side moldings and sprung outer doors are attached to the metal bracket and lunge
  • the netpage pnnter confroller consists of a controlling processor 750, a factory-installed or field-installed network interface module 625, a radio transceiver (transceiver confroller 753, baseband cucuit 754, RF circuit 755, and
  • RF resonators and mductors 756 dual raster image processor (RIP) DSPs 757, duplexed pnnt engme controllers 760a and 760b, flash memory 658, and 64MB of DRAM 657, as illustrated m Figure 14
  • the controlling processor handles communication with the network 19 and with local wireless netpage pens 101, senses the help button 617, controls the user mterface LEDs 613-616, and feeds and synchronizes the RJP DSPs 757 and pnnt engme controllers 760 It consists of a medium-performance general-purpose microprocessor
  • the controlling processor 750 commumcates with the pnnt engme controllers 760 via a high-speed senal bus 659
  • the RJP DSPs rastenze and compress page descnptions to the netpage pnnter' s compressed page format
  • Each pnnt engine controller expands, dithers and prints page images to its associated MemjetTM pnnthead 350 m real time (l e at over 30 pages per minute)
  • the duplexed pnnt engme controllers pnnt both sides of a sheet simultaneously
  • the master pnnt engme controller 760a controls the paper transport and momtors ink usage m conjunction with the master QA chip 665 and the ink cartndge QA chip 761
  • the pnnter controller's flash memory 658 holds the software for both the processor 750 and the DSPs 757, as well as configuration data This is copied to main memory 657 at boot time
  • the processor 750, DSPs 757, and digital transceiver components are mtegrated in a smgle controller ASIC 656
  • Analog RF components RF circuit 755 and RF resonators and mductors 756) are provided in a separate RF chip 762
  • the network mterface module 625 is separate, smce netpage pnnters allow the network connection to be factory-selected or field-selected Flash memory 658 and the 2x256Mbit
  • DRAM 657 is also off-chip
  • the pnnt engme controllers 760 are provided m separate ASICs
  • a vanety of network mterface modules 625 are provided, each providing a netpage network mterface 751 and optionally a local computer or network mterface 752 Netpage network Internet interfaces mclude POTS modems,
  • WLAN wireless local loop
  • the radio transceiver 753 commumcates in the unlicensed 900MHz band normally used by cordless telephones, or alternatively m the unlicensed 2 4GHz lndustnal, scientific and medical (ISM) band, and uses frequency hoppmg and collision detection to provide interference-free communication
  • ISM scientific and medical
  • the pnnter confroller optionally mcorporates an Infrared Data Association (IrDA) mterface for receivmg data "squirted" from devices such as netpage cameras
  • IrDA Infrared Data Association
  • the pnnter uses the frDA mterface for short-range communication with suitably configured netpage pens 7.2.1 RASTERIZATION AND PRINTING
  • the mam processor 750 Once the mam processor 750 has received and venfied the document's page layouts and page objects, it runs the appropnate RTP software on the DSPs 757
  • the DSPs 757 rastenze each page descnption and compress the rastenzed page image
  • the mam processor stores each compressed page image m memory
  • the simplest way to load-balance multiple DSPs is to let each DSP rastenze a separate page
  • the DSPs can always be kept busy smce an arbitrary number of rastenzed pages can, m general, be stored m memory This strategy only leads to potentially poor DSP utilization when rastenzmg short documents
  • Watermark regions m the page descnption are rastenzed to a contone-resolution bi-level bitmap which is losslessly compressed to negligible size and which forms part of the compressed page unage
  • Each tag encodes the page ID, tag ID, and control bits, and the data content of each tag is generated dunng rasterization and stored m the compressed page image
  • the mam processor 750 passes back-to-back page images to the duplexed pnnt engme controllers 760
  • Each pnnt engine confroller 760 stores the compressed page image m its local memory, and starts the page expansion and pnnting pipelme Page expansion and printing is pipelined because it is unpractical to store an entire 114MB bi-level
  • the page expansion and prmtmg pipelme of the pnnt engme controller 760 consists of a high speed IEEE 1394 senal interface 659, a standard JPEG decoder 763, a standard Group 4 Fax decoder 764, a custom halftoner/compositor unit 765, a custom tag encoder 766, a lme loader/formatter unit 767 and a custom mterface 768 to the MemjetTM pnnthead 350
  • the pnnt engme confroller 360 operates in a double buffered manner While one page is loaded mto DRAM 769 via the high speed senal mterface 659, the previously loaded page is read from DRAM 769 and passed through the pnnt engme controller pipelme Once the page has finished prmtmg, the page just loaded is pnnted while another page is loaded
  • the first stage of the pipelme expands (at 763) the JPEG-compressed contone CMYK layer, expands (at 764) the Group 4 Fax-compressed bi-level black layer, and renders (at 766) the bi-level netpage tag layer accordmg to the tag format defined m section 1 2, all m parallel
  • the second stage dithers (at 765) the contone CMYK layer and composites (at 765) the bi-level black layer over the resulting bi-level CMYK layer
  • the resultant bi-level CMYK+IR dot data is buffered and formatted (at 767) for prmtmg on the MemjetTM pnnthead 350 via a set of lme buffers Most of these lme buffers are stored in the off-chip DRAM
  • the final stage pnnts the six channels of bi-level dot data (mcludmg fixative) to the MemjetTM pnnthead 350 via the p
  • pnnt engme controllers 760 When several pnnt engme controllers 760 are used m unison, such as m a duplexed configuration, they are synchronized via a shared line sync signal 770 Only one pnnt engine 760 selected via the external master/slave pm 771, generates the lme sync signal 770 onto the shared lme
  • the pnnt engme confroller 760 contams a low-speed processor 772 for synchronizing the page expansion and rendermg pipelme, configurmg the pnnthead 350 via a low-speed senal bus 773, and controlling the stepper motors 675, 676
  • the two pnnt engmes each prints 30 Letter pages per minute along the long dimension of the page ( 11 "), givmg a lme rate of 8 8 kHz at 1600 dpi
  • the two pnnt engmes each prints 45 Letter pages per minute along the short dimension of the page (8 4"), givmg a lme rate of 10 2 kHz
  • lme rates are well within the operating frequency of the MemjetTM pnnthead, which in the cunent design exceeds 30 kHz 8 PURCHASING
  • the netpage system provides efficient mechanisms for merchants to offer goods and services to customers, and for customers to select and pay for those goods and services
  • a customer can order directly from a catalog browsed and pnnted dynamically via netpage, as well as from a pre-pnnted catalog delivered by traditional means
  • the customer's dynamic signature in combination with the customer's umquely identified pen, authenticates the purchasmg transaction m a way which is impossible to forget If the customer chooses to use the Secure Electronic Transaction (SET) payment mechanism built mto the netpage system, then the customer's payment card details are never revealed to the merchant, ensuring that card details can neither be accidentally nor maliciously compromised
  • SET Secure Electronic Transaction
  • a command anow m dicates that the target document is pnnted as a result of the user pressmg the conespondmg command button on the source page
  • Some command anows are labelled with multiple commands separated by slashes (7's), indicating that any one of the specified commands causes the target document to be pnnted
  • multiple commands may label the same command anow, they typically have different side-effects In application terms, it is important to distinguish between netpage documents and netpage forms
  • a page layout may contain vanous lands of elements, each of which has a unique style to differentiate it from the others As shown in Figure 49, these mclude fixed information 994, vanable information 995, mput fields 996, command buttons 997, and draggable commands 998
  • any document which is duplicated is shown with dashed outlines m all but the mam diagram which defines it 8.2 PURCHASING OBJECT MODEL
  • the purchasmg object model revolves around merchants and customers
  • Each merchant 500 has a globally umque identifier, as well as a name and other details
  • a merchant 500 is typically recorded as an application provider 803 (shown m Figure 24) on a regisfration server 11, for the purpose of click-through payments etc.
  • Each customer 501 is related to a particular merchant 500, and has an identifier 65 which is umque within the scope of the particular merchant The customer identifier is the alias id 65 of the application user 805, allocated by a regisfration server 11
  • Each customer 501 represents a particular netpage user 800 to the merchant 500
  • a netpage user 800 can be the customer of any number of merchants
  • Each merchant offers a range of products 502 for sale, typically presented m the form of an organized catalog 503 Any netpage user can browse the merchant's catalog 503, but the user must become an explicit customer of the merchant before bemg able to complete an order with the merchant
  • the merchant class diagram is shown m Figure 50, while the customer class diagram is shown m Figure 51
  • Each customer has an account 506 with the merchant which records the net balance of all mvoices and received payments
  • Account payments 505, l e payments not associated with a particular mvoice, are associated directly with the customer account 506
  • Each customer has a history of orders 507, each m a particular state of completion as reflected by its status
  • Each order 507 is umquely identified within the scope of the merchant 500
  • Each order has a status 525 which mdicates whether the order is pending (l e not yet submitted), active, partially or fully shipped, cancelled or completed An order is not completed until full payment is received
  • Each order consists of a number of order items 512, each of which specifies the quantity of a particular product offered by the merchant
  • Each order item 512 also mcludes a backorder quantity 513 and a quantity shipped 514
  • the backorder quantity 513 is used to register a claim on future stock when there is insufficient cunent stock to fully satisfy the order item
  • the quantity shipped 514 is used to record the cumulative quantity actually shipped
  • Each order 507 is associated with a particular payment method, shipping address 509, and shippmg method 521
  • the customer account payment method 516 When the customer account payment method 516 is used, the user's customer account 506 is debited, and the user is mvoiced for payment
  • pro forma invoice payment method 517 When the pro forma invoice payment method 517 is used, a pro forma mvoice is issued requesting prepayment of the order When payment is received, the goods are shipped When the cash on delivery payment method 518 is used, payment is expected when the goods are delivered
  • the conespondmg SET payment card 821 linked to the user is used to make payment accordmg to the normal SET protocol
  • the specified payment card is used to make payment accordmg to the normal protocol between the merchant and their acquiring bank or mstitution which handles the particular payment card type
  • the set of shippmg methods 521 which applies to a particular order depends on whether the order's shippmg address 509 is domestic or mternational with respect to the location of the merchant's warehouse
  • Typical domestic shippmg methods 522 mclude standard shippmg, second day air, and next day air
  • Typical mternational shippmg methods 523 mclude standard shippmg, airmail, and mternational pnonty
  • the most common shippmg methods are shown m the shippmg method class diagram m Figure 54
  • the status of the order determines the allowable set of operations on the order While the order is pendmg, the user can browse the merchant's catalog and add items to the shoppmg cart which represents the order After the order is submitted, the user can still amend the payment method, shippmg address and shipping method until the order is fully shipped A change obviously only applies to items not yet shipped when the change is made The user can delete order items or change the quantity ordered until the items are actually shipped Quantity mcreases are subject to availability and payment approval The overall purchasmg user mterface flow is illustrated m Figure 55
  • a merchant can be located by browsmg or searching the global netpage directory or the user's own bookmarks
  • a merchant may also be encountered m the form of an advertisement m a netpage publication 807 Both a directory entry and an advertisement typically link to the merchant's mam page 530 This m turn links to the merchant's product catalog 531 If the user already has a copy of the merchant's mam page 530 from a previous encounter, then the catalog is immediately available
  • a small product catalog is typically organized into a set ol categones
  • the mam catalog page 531 simply lists the categones, and each category page 532 lists all of the products m the category This is mdicated m the user mterface flow m Figure 55
  • the product catalog is large, then it may still be organized mto categones, but it may be unpractical to pnnt the entire contents of a category when a user wishes to browse the category Instead directory navigation techniques can be used.
  • a catalog search will often be specific to the kinds of products represented m the catalog
  • Item deletions and quantity changes can be marked up visibly, and so do not necessanly req re immediate re-pnnting Item insertions, however, are more problematic
  • the entire source list can be used as the mput form, allowmg it to be marked up visibly This may be particularly apt if the source list already represents a user-specific subset of the complete source list, e g last week's shopping list rather than the grocery store's complete range
  • the catalog may even be many hundreds of pages long, offset pnnted, and delivered m the mail Since it is mtended for multiple use, it is not suitable for visible markup
  • One way to order via a large catalog is to pnnt intermediate product-specific pages 533
  • Each catalog entry has both an ⁇ nfo> and an ⁇ buy> button The ⁇ nfo> button elicits a full-page descnption of the product 5
  • the product page gives product-specific mformation that is of primary value to the user
  • the product page is visibly linked to the order itself because it is tagged with the name of the cunent user, the order transaction number, and the order date and time 8.3.4 Complete Order
  • the shoppmg cart 536 represents the contents of the cunent order
  • the shopping cart 536 is accessible from any merchant page, whether the page is part of the cunent order form or not
  • the shoppmg cart 536 provides a convenient place to review the order and make final changes
  • the checkout 535 is also accessible from any merchant page It provides a place to specify shippmg and payment information, and finally to confirm the order
  • the checkout form 535 is broken up mto five sections shippmg address 535b, shippmg method 535c, payment method 535d, order items 535e, and order confirmation 535f Sections have default selections based on the user' s most recent behavior
  • the order confirmation section 535f summanzes the order and captures the user's signature It shows the cunent shippmg address, shippmg method, payment method, and order total
  • the ⁇ subm ⁇ t button when pressed, submits the order Any handwntten change to any item information page 533, shoppmg cart page 536, or checkout page 535 which is part of the order form is automatically mterpreted and applied to the order
  • the checkout form 535 consists of a header 535a ( Figure 56), a section for selecting a previously used shippmg address or specifying a new address 535b ( Figure 57), a section for selectmg a shippmg method 535c ( Figure 58), a section for selecting a previously used payment method or specifying a new payment card 535d ( Figure 59), a section for reviewing the list of order items and making last-mmute changes 535e ( Figure 60), a section for signing the order to confirm payment 535f ( Figure 61 ), and a looter which contams the ⁇ update> and ⁇ subm ⁇ t> buttons 535g
  • the pnnted checkout form will vary m length dependmg on the number of previously used shippmg addresses and payment cards, and the number of items m the order In many cases it will fit convemently on two pages pnnted on a smgle sheet of paper
  • the order receipt 537 lists the items ordered and summanzes the order parameters m much the same way as the order confirmation section of the checkout form ( Figure 61 ) 8.3.5 Edit Account
  • the order list 540 gives the status for each order Pressmg the ⁇ rnfo> button associated with each order yields a copy of the order receipt 537, but with an updated status for each order item The status of an order item denves from the status of the order it is part, as well as the presence of shipment items and backorder items associated with the order item
  • the shipment is accompanied by payment receipt 541, or, if the payment method is "cash on delivery", an mvoice 541 which allows the user to pay the delivery person by traditional means (e g cash, check, or payment card not processed through netpage), or usmg a netpage payment method listed on the form, simply by marking the appropnate payment method and signing the form with a netpage pen 801 A customer can therefore defer authonzmg payment until the goods are delivered, even when usmg a payment method which allows the netpage system to obtain immediate onlme payment authorization Conversely, the delivery person can venfy payment before handing over the goods

Abstract

Methods and systems are disclosed which relate to online purchasing via interface surfaces printed with information and coded data. The coded data, encoded visibly or invisibly, may be queried by an appropriate sensing device. The sensing device communicates with a computer system. Together, the interface surfaces, sensing device and computer system are capable of effecting purchasing transactions over a network.

Description

METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ONLINE PURCHASING
FIELD OF INVENTION
The present invention relates generally to methods, systems and apparatus for interacting with computers More particularly, the invention relates to making online purchases utilizing such methods, systems and apparatus The invention has been developed primarily to allow a large number of distributed users to interact with networked information via printed matter and optical sensors, thereby to obtain interactive printed matter on demand via high-speed networked color printers Although the invention will largely be descπbed herein with reference to this use, it will be appreciated that the invention is not limited to use in this field
CO-PENDING APPLICATIONS Various methods, systems and apparatus relating to the present invention are disclosed in the following co- pending applications filed by the applicant or assignee of the present invention simultaneously with the present application
PCT/AU00/00518, PCT/AUOO/00519, PCT/AUOO/00520, PCT/AU00/00521 , PCT/AUOO/00523, PCT/AUOO/00524,
PCT/AUOO/00525, PCT/AU00/00526, PCT/AU00/00527, PCT/AU00/00528 PCT/AU00/00529, PCT/AUOO/00530, PCT/AU00/00531 PCT/AUOO/00532, PCT/AU00/00533, PCT/AU00/00534, PCT/AU00/00535, PCT/AU00/00536,
PCT/AU00/00537, PCT/AUOO/00538, PCT/AU00/00539, PCT/AUOO/00540 PCT/AU00/00541, PCT/AU00/00542,
PCT/AU00/00543. PCT/AU00/00544, PCT/AU00/00545, PCT/AU00/00547, PCT/AU00/00546, PCT/AU00/00554,
PCT/AU00/00556, PCT/AU00/00557, PCT/AU00/00558, PCT/AU00/00559, PCT/AU00/00560, PCT/AUOO/00561,
PCT/AU00/00562. PCT/AU00/00563, PCT/AUOO/00564, PCT/AU00/00566, PCT/AU00/00567, PCT/AUOO/00568, PCT/AU00/00569, PCT/AUOO/00570, PCT/AUOO/00571. PCT/AUOO/00572. PCT/AU00/00573, PCT/AU00/00574.
PCT/AU00/00575, PCT/AU00/00576, PCT/AU00/00577, PC r/AU00/00578. PCT/AU00/00579, PCT/AU00/00581 ,
PCT/AU00/00580. PCT/AU00/00582, PCT/AU00/00587, PCT/AU00/00588, PCT/AU00/00589, PCT/AU00/00583,
PCT/AU00/00593, PCT/AU00/00590, PCT/AU00/00591, PCT/AU00/00592, PCT/AU00/00594, PCT/AU00/00595,
PCT/AU00/00596. PCT/AU00/00597, PCT/AU00/00598, PCT/AU00/00516, and PCT/AU00/00517 The disclosures of these co-pending applications are incorporated herein by cross-reference
BACKGROUND Online purchasing is typically carried out by selecting items from an online catalog of items and adding them to an online shopping cart Once all required items have been added to the shopping cart a payment method is selected and the order is submitted The items may then be shipped to the customer's address Mail-order purchasing is typically carried out by selecting items from a pre-pπnted catalog delivered by mail, filling in an associated order form and submitting the order by mail, or submitting the order by telephone
OBJECT It is an object of the present invention to combine advantages of paper-based catalogs, paper-based foims and online purchasing SUMMARY OF INVENTION
The present invention provides, in a first aspect, a method of online purchasing, the method including the steps of providing a potential purchaser with a form containing information relating to a purchasing transaction, the form including coded data indicative of an identity of the form and of at least one reference point of the form, receiving, in a computer sy stem indicating data from a sensing device regarding the identity of the form and a position of the sensing device relative to the form, the sensing device, when placed in an operative position relative to the form, sensing the indicating data usmg at least some of the coded data, and identifymg, m the computer system and from the indicating data, at least one parameter relatmg to the purchasing transaction
Preferably, at least one parameter relatmg to the purchasing transaction is associated with at least one zone of the form and in which the method mcludes identifymg, m the computer system and from the zone relative to which the sensmg device is located, said at least one parameter
Preferably the method further mcludes receivmg, m the computer system, data regarding movement of the sensing device relative to the form, the sensing device sensmg its movement relative to the form usmg at least some of the coded data Preferably also the method mcludes identifymg, in the computer system and from said movement bemg at least partially within said at least one zone, said at least one parameter of the purchasing transaction In a second aspect, the mvention provides a method of enablmg online purchasing, the method mcludmg the steps of providing a potential purchaser with a form containing mformation relatmg to a purchasing transaction, the form mcludmg coded data mdicative of at least one parameter of the purchasing transaction, receiving, m a computer system, data from a sensmg device regarding said at least one parameter and regarding movement of the sensing device relative to the form, the sensing device, when moved relative to the form, sensmg the data regarding said at least one parameter usmg at least some of the coded data and generating the data regarding its own movement relative to the form, and interpreting, m the computer system, said movement of the sensing device as it relates to said at least one parameter In a third aspect, the mvention provides a method of enablmg online purchasing, the method mcludmg the steps of providmg a potential purchaser with a form contammg information relatmg to a purchasing transaction, the form mcludmg coded data mdicative of an identity of the form, receivmg, in a computer system, data from a sensmg device regarding an identity of the potential purchaser and regarding the identity of the form, the sensmg device contammg the data regarding the identity of the user and sensmg the data regarding the identity of the form usmg at least some of the coded data, and identifymg, m the computer system and from the data regarding the identity of the potential purchaser and the identity of the form, a purchasing transaction
Preferably the coded data is also mdicative of at least one parameter of the purchasing transaction, and the method mcludes receivmg, in the computer system, indicating data from the sensmg device regarding said at least one parameter of the purchasing transaction, the sensmg device sensmg the indicating data usmg at least some of the coded data
Preferably also, the method includes receiving, m the computer system, data from the sensmg device regarding movement of the sensing device relative to the form, the sensing device generating data regarding its own movement relative to the form
Preferably, m any of these aspects, the parameter is an action parameter of the purchasing transaction, the method mcludmg effecting, m the computer system, an operation m respect of the action parameter
Preferably the action parameter of the purchasing transaction is selected from the group compnsmg requestmg information relating to an item to be purchased, selecting an item to purchase, selecting the quantity of an item to be purchased, viewing a shopping cart and submitting a purchasing order
In a fourth aspect, the mvention provides a system for enablmg online purchasing, the system mcludmg a form contammg information relatmg to a purchasing transaction, the form mcludmg coded data mdicative of at least one parameter of the purchasmg transaction, and a computer system for receivmg data from a sensmg device regardmg said at least one parameter and regardmg movement of the sensmg device relative to the form, and for mterpretmg said movement of the sensmg device as it relates to said at least one parameter, the sensmg device, when moved relative to the form, sensmg the data regardmg said at least one parameter usmg at least some of the coded data and generatmg the data regarding its own movement relative to the form
In a fifth aspect, the mvention provides a system for enablmg online purchasmg, the system mcludmg a form mcludmg coded data mdicative of an identity of the form, and a computer system for receivmg from a sensmg device data regardmg an identity of the potential purchaser and the identity of the form, and for identifymg, from said received data, a purchasmg transaction, the sensmg device contammg the data regardmg the identity of the potential purchaser and sensmg the data regardmg the identity of the form usmg at least some of the coded data
In a sixth aspect, the mvention provides a system for enablmg online purchasmg, the system mcludmg a form mcludmg coded data mdicative of an identity of the form, and a computer system for receivmg from a sensmg device data regarding an identify of the potential purchaser and the identity of the form, and for identifymg, from said received data, a purchasmg transaction, the sensmg device contammg the data regardmg the identity of the potential purchaser and sensmg the data regardmg the identity of the form usmg at least some of the coded data
Accordingly, the present mvention provides a system and a method which utilizes one or more forms capable of mteractmg with a computer system Whilst the novel method and system of the present mvention may be used m conjunction with a smgle computer system, m a particularly preferred form it is designed to operate over a computer network, such as the Internet Physically, the form is disposed on a surface medium of any suitable structure However, m a preferred arrangement, the form is disposed on sheet mateπal such as paper or the like which has the coded data prmted on it and which allows interaction with the computer system The coded data is detectable preferably, but not exclusively, outside the visible spectrum, thereby enablmg it to be machine-readable but substantially invisible to the human eye The form may also mclude visible material which provides information to a user, such as the application or purpose of the form, and which visible information may be registered or correlate m position with the relevant hidden coded data
The system also mcludes a sensmg device to convey data from the form to the computer system, and m some instances, to contribute additional data Agam, the sensmg device may take a variety of forms but is preferably compact and easily portable In a particularly preferred arrangement, the sensmg device is configured as a pen which is designed to be able to physically mark the form as well as to selectively enable the coded data from the form to be read and transmitted to the computer system The coded data then provides control mformation, configured such that designation thereof by a user causes instructions to be applied to the software running on the computer system or network
The nature of the interaction between the form and the sensmg device and the data that each contributes to the computer system may vary In one arrangement, the coded data on the form is mdicative of the identity of the form and of at least one reference point on that form In another embodiment, the form mcludes coded data which is mdicative of a parameter of the form, whereas the sensmg device is operative to provide data regardmg its own movement relative to that form to the computer system together with coded data from the form In yet another arrangement, the form mcludes the coded data which at least identifies the form, and the sensmg device is designed to provide, to the computer system, data based on the form coded data, and also on data which identifies the user of the device
In a preferred arrangement, the system and method also employs specially designed prmters to prmt the form Further these pnnters constitute or form part of the computer system and are designed to receive data from the sensmg device As mdicated above, the system and method of the mvention is ideally suited to operate over a network In this arrangement, the pnnters are fully mtegrated mto the network and allow for prmtmg of the forms on demand and also for distnbutmg of the forms usmg a mixture of multicast and pomtcast communication protocols
Accordingly, m a preferred form, the present mvention provides methods and systems which use a paper and pen based mterface for a computer system This provides many significant benefits over traditional computer systems
The advantage of paper is that it is widely used to display and record mformation Further, pnnted information is easier to read than mformation displayed on a computer screen Moreover, paper does not run on battenes, can be read m bnght light, or robustly accepts coffee spills or the like and is portable and disposable Furthermore, the system allows for hand-drawing and hand-wntmg to be captured which affords greater nchness of expression than mput via a computer keyboard and mouse
The present mvention therefore provides a novel system and method for enablmg online purchasmg making use of novel surface interfaces
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF DRAWINGS Preferred and other embodiments of the mvention will now be descπbed, by way of non-limiting example only, with reference to the accompanying drawings, in which
Figure 1 is a schematic of a the relationship between a sample pnnted netpage and its online page descnption, Figure 2 is a schematic view of a interaction between a netpage pen, a netpage pnnter, a netpage page server, and a netpage application server,
Figure 3 illustrates a collection of netpage servers and pnnters interconnected via a network,
Figure 4 is a schematic view of a high-level structure of a pnnted netpage and its online page descnption,
Figure 5 is a plan view showing a structure of a netpage tag, Figure 6 is a plan view showing a relationship between a set of the tags shown m Figure 5 and a field of view of a netpage sensmg device m the form of a netpage pen,
Figure 7 is a flowchart of a tag unage processing and decodmg algonthm,
Figure 8 is a perspective view of a netpage pen and its associated tag-sensing field-of-view cone,
Figure 9 is a perspective exploded view of the netpage pen shown m Figure 8, Figure 10 is a schematic block diagram of a pen controller for the netpage pen shown in Figures 8 and 9,
Figure 11 is a perspective view of a wall-mounted netpage pnnter,
Figure 12 is a section through the length of the netpage pnnter of Figure 11,
Figure 12a is an enlarged portion of Figure 12 showmg a section of the duplexed pnnt engmes and glue wheel assembly,
Figure 13 is a detailed view of the ink cartndge, mk, air and glue paths, and pnnt engmes of the netpage pnnter of Figures 11 and 12,
Figure 14 is a schematic block diagram of a pnnter controller for the netpage pnnter shown m Figures 11 and 12,
Figure 15 is a schematic block diagram of duplexed pnnt engme controllers and Memjet™ pnntheads associated with the pnnter controller shown m Figure 14,
Figure 16 is a schematic block diagram of the pnnt engme controller shown m Figures 14 and 15, Figure 17 is a perspective view of a smgle Memjet™ pnnting element, as used m, for example, the netpage pnnter of
Figures 10 to 12,
Figure 18 is a perspective view of a small part of an array of Memjet™ prmtmg elements, Figure 19 is a senes of perspective views illustratmg the operatmg cycle of the Memjet™ prmtmg element shown m
Figure 13,
Figure 20 is a perspective view of a short segment of a pagewidth Memjet™ prmthead,
Figure 21 is a schematic view of a user class diagram, Figure 22 is a schematic view of a pnnter class diagram,
Figure 23 is a schematic v ew of a pen class diagram,
Figure 24 is a schematic view of an application class diagram,
Figure 25 is a schematic view of a document and page descnption class diagram,
Figure 26 is a schematic view of a document and page ownership class diagram, Figure 27 is a schematic view of a termmal element specialization class diagram,
Figure 28 is a schematic view of a static element specialization class diagram,
Figure 29 is a schematic view of a hyperlink element class diagram,
Figure 30 is a schematic view of a hyperlink element specialization class diagram,
Figure 31 is a schematic view of a hyperlinked group class diagram, Figure 32 is a schematic view of a form class diagram,
Figure 33 is a schematic view of a digital ink class diagram,
Figure 34 is a schematic view of a field element specialization class diagram,
Figure 35 is a schematic view of a checkbox field class diagram,
Figure 36 is a schematic view of a text field class diagram, Figure 37 is a schematic view of a signature field class diagram,
Figure 38 is a flowchart of an mput processmg algonthm,
Figure 38a is a detailed flowchart of one step of the flowchart of Figure 38,
Figure 39 is a schematic view of a page server command element class diagram,
Figure 40 is a schematic view of a resource descnption class diagram, Figure 41 is a schematic view of a favontes list class diagram,
Figure 42 is a schematic view of a history list class diagram,
Figure 43 is a schematic view of a subscnption delivery protocol,
Figure 44 is a schematic view of a hyperlink request class diagram,
Figure 45 is a schematic view of a hyperlink activation protocol, Figure 46 is a schematic view of a form submission protocol,
Figure 47 is a schematic view of a commission payment protocol,
Figure 48 is a schematic view of a set of user mterface flow document icons,
Figure 49 is a schematic view of a set of user mterface page layout element icons,
Figure 50 is a schematic view of a merchant class diagram, Figure 51 is a schematic view of a customer class diagram,
Figure 52 is a schematic view of an order class diagram,
Figure 53 is a schematic view of a payment class diagram,
Figure 54 is a schematic view of a shipping method class diagram,
Figure 55 is a schematic view of a user mterface flow for online purchasmg, Figure 56 is a schematic view of a header section of a checkout page,
Figure 57 is a schematic view of a shipping address section of a checkout page,
Figure 58 is a schematic view of a shippmg method section of a checkout page, Figure 59 is a schematic view of a payment method section of a checkout page, Figure 60 is a schematic view of an item list section of a checkout page, Figure 61 is a schematic view of an order confirmation section of a checkout page, and Figure 62 is a schematic view of a footer section of a checkout page DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF PREFERRED AND OTHER EMBODIMENTS
Note Memjet™ is a trade mark of Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd, Australia
In the preferred embodiment, the mvention is configured to work with the netpage networked computer system, a detailed overview of which follows It will be appreciated that not every implementation will necessanly embody all or even most of the specific details and extensions discussed below in relation to the basic system However, the system is descnbed m its most complete form to reduce the need for external reference when attemptmg to understand the context m which the preferred embodiments and aspects of the present invention operate
In bnef summary, the preferred form of the netpage system employs a computer mterface in the form of a mapped surface, that is, a physical surface which contams references to a map of the surface mamtamed m a computer system The map references can be quened by an appropnate sensmg device Depending upon the specific implementation, the map references may be encoded visibly or invisibly, and defined m such a way that a local query on the mapped surface yields an unambiguous map reference both within the map and among different maps The computer system can contain mformation about features on the mapped surface, and such mformation can be retneved based on map references supplied by a sensmg device used with the mapped surface The information thus retneved can take the form of actions which are initiated by the computer system on behalf of the operator m response to the operator's mteraction with the surface features
In its preferred form, the netpage system relies on the production of, and human interaction with, netpages These are pages ol text, graphics and images pnnted on ordinary paper, but which work like mteractive web pages Information is encoded on each page usmg ink which is substantially invisible to the unaided human eye The mk, however, and thereby the coded data, can be sensed by an optically imaging pen and transmitted to the netpage system In the preferred form, active buttons and hyperlinks on each page can be clicked with the pen to request mformation from the network or to signal preferences to a network server In one embodiment, text wntten by hand on a netpage is automatically recognized and converted to computer text m the netpage system, allowing forms to be filled m In other embodiments, signatures recorded on a netpage are automatically venfied, allowmg e-commerce transactions to be securely authorized As illustrated m Figure 1 , a pnnted netpage 1 can represent a mteractive form which can be filled m by the user both physically, on the pnnted page, and "electronically", via communication between the pen and the netpage system The example shows a "Request" form contammg name and address fields and a submit button The netpage consists of graphic data 2 pnnted usmg visible ink, and coded data 3 pnnted as a collection of tags 4 usmg invisible mk The correspondmg page descnption 5, stored on the netpage network, descnbes the individual elements of the netpage In particular it descnbes the type and spatial extent (zone) of each mteractive element (I e text field or button m the example), to allow the netpage system to correctly interpret mput via the netpage The submit button 6, for example, has a zone 7 which corresponds to the spatial extent of the correspondmg graphic 8
As illustrated m Figure 2, the netpage pen 101, a prefened form of which is shown m Figures 8 and 9 and descnbed m more detail below, works m conjunction with a netpage pnnter 601, an Internet-connected pnnting appliance for home, office or mobile use The pen is wireless and commumcates securely with the netpage pnnter via a short-range radio link 9
The netpage pnnter 601, a preferred form of which is shown m Figures 11 to 13 and descnbed m more detail below, is able to deliver, penodically or on demand, personalized newspapers, magazmes, catalogs, brochures and other publications, all pnnted at high qualify as mteractive netpages Unlike a personal computer, the netpage pnnter is an appliance which can be, for example, wall-mounted adjacent to an area where the morning news is first consumed, such as m a user' s kitchen, near a breakfast table, or near the household' s pomt of departure for the day It also comes m tabletop, desktop, portable and miniature versions
Netpages pnnted at their pomt of consumption combme the ease-of-use of paper with the timeliness and interactivity of an mteractive medium
As shown m Figure 2, the netpage pen 101 mteracts with the coded data on a pnnted netpage 1 and commumcates, via a short-range radio link 9, the interaction to a netpage pnnter The pnnter 601 sends the interaction to the relevant netpage page server 10 for mterpretafion In appropnate circumstances, the page server sends a corresponding message to application computer software running on a netpage application server 13 The application server may m turn send a response which is pnnted on the ongmating pnnter
The netpage system is made considerably more convement in the prefened embodiment by bemg used m conjunction with high-speed microelectromechanical system (MEMS) based mkjet (Memjet™) pnnters In the preferred form of this technology, relatively high-speed and high-quality prmtmg is made more affordable to consumers In its prefened form, a netpage publication has the physical charactenstics of a traditional newsmagazme, such as a set of letter-size glossy pages pnnted in full color on both sides, bound together for easy navigation and comfortable handling
The netpage pnnter exploits the growing availability of broadband Internet access Cable service is available to 95% of households m the United States, and cable modem service offering broadband Internet access is already available to 20% of these The netpage pnnter can also operate with slower connections, but with longer delivery times and lower unage quality Indeed, the netpage system can be enabled usmg existmg consumer rnkjet and laser pnnters, although the system will operate more slowly and will therefore be less acceptable from a consumer's pomt of view In other embodiments, the netpage system is hosted on a pnvate intranet In still other embodiments, the netpage system is hosted on a single computer or computer-enabled device, such as a pnnter Netpage publication servers 14 on the netpage network are configured to deliver pnnt-quality publications to netpage pnnters Penodical publications are delivered automatically to subscnbmg netpage pnnters via pomtcastmg and multicasting Internet protocols Personalized publications are filtered and formatted according to individual user profiles
A netpage pnnter can be configured to support any number of pens, and a pen can work with any number of netpage pnnters In the preferred implementation, each netpage pen has a unique identifier A household may have a collection of colored netpage pens, one assigned to each member of the family This allows each user to maintain a distinct profile with respect to a netpage publication server or application server
A netpage pen can also be registered with a netpage registration server 11 and linked to one or more payment card accounts This allows e-commerce payments to be securely authorized usmg the netpage pen The netpage registration server compares the signature captured by the netpage pen with a previously registered signature, allowmg it to authenticate the user's identity to an e-commerce server Other biometncs can also be used to venfy identify A version of the netpage pen mcludes fingerprint scanning, venfied in a similar way by the netpage registration server
Although a netpage pnnter may deliver penodicals such as the morning newspaper without user intervention, it can be configured never to deliver unsolicited junk mail In its prefened form, it only delivers penodicals from subscnbed or otherwise authorized sources In this respect, the netpage pnnter is unlike a fax machine or e-mail account which is visible to any junk mailer who knows the telephone number or email address 1 NETPAGE SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE
Each object model m the system is descnbed usmg a Unified Modelmg Language (UML) class diagram A class diagram consists of a set of object classes connected by relationships, and two lands of relationships are of mterest here associations and generalizations An association represents some kmd of relationship between objects, l e between instances of classes A generalization relates actual classes, and can be understood m the following way if a class is thought of as the set of all objects of that class, and class A is a generalization of class B, then B is simply a subset of A The UML does not directly support second-order modelling - 1 e classes of classes
Each class is drawn as a rectangle labelled with the name of the class It contams a list of the attnbutes of the class, separated from the name by a horizontal lme, and a list of the operations of the class, separated from the attnbute list by a horizontal lme In the class diagrams which follow, however, operations are never modelled
An association is drawn as a lme joining two classes, optionally labelled at either end with the multiplicity of the association The default multiplicity is one An astensk (*) mdicates a multiplicity of "many", I e zero or more
Each association is optionally labelled with its name, and is also optionally labelled at either end with the role of the correspondmg class An open diamond mdicates an aggregation association ("is-part-of '), and is drawn at the aggregator end of the association lme
A generalization relationship ("ls-a") is drawn as a solid lme joining two classes, with an arrow (m the form of an open tnangle) at the generalization end
When a class diagram is broken up mto multiple diagrams, any class which is duplicated is shown with a dashed outline m all but the mam diagram which defines it It is shown with attnbutes only where it is defined 1.1 NETPAGES
Netpages are the foundation on which a netpage network is built They provide a paper-based user mterface to published mformation and mteractive services
A netpage consists of a pnnted page (or other surface region) invisibly tagged with references to an online descnption of the page The onlme page descnption is mamtamed persistently by a netpage page server The page descnption descnbes the visible layout and content of the page, mcludmg text, graphics and jmages It also descnbes the mput elements on the page, mcludmg buttons, hyperlinks, and mput fields A netpage ljows markings made with a netpage pen on its surface to be simultaneously captured and processed by the netpage system
Multiple netpages can share the same page descnption However, to allow mput through otherwise identical pages to be distinguished, each netpage is assigned a unique page identifier This page ID has sufficient precision to distinguish between a very large number of netpages
Each reference to the page descnption is encoded m a pnnted tag The tag identifies the unique page on which it appears, and thereby indirectly identifies the page descnption The tag also identifies its own position on the page Charactenstics of the tags are descnbed m more detail below
Tags are pnnted m infrared-absorptive ink on any substrate which is infrared-reflective, such as ordinary paper Near-infrared wavelengths are invisible to the human eye but are easily sensed by a solid-state image sensor with an appropnate filter
A tag is sensed by an area image sensor m the netpage pen, and the tag data is transmitted to the netpage system via the nearest netpage pnnter The pen is wireless and commumcates with the netpage pnnter via a short-range radio link Tags are sufficiently small and densely arranged that the pen can reliably image at least one tag even on a smgle click on the page It is important that the pen recognize the page ID and position on every interaction with the page, smce the interaction is stateless Tags are error-correctably encoded to make them partially tolerant to surface damage The netpage page server maintains a unique page mstance for each pnnted netpage, allowmg it to maintain a distinct set of user-supplied values for mput fields m the page descnption for each pnnted netpage
The relationship between the page descnption, the page mstance, and the pnnted netpage is shown m Figure 4 The page mstance is associated with both the netpage pnnter which pnnted it and, if known, the netpage user who requested it
1.2 NETPAGE TAGS
1.2.1 Tag Data Content
In a preferred form, each tag identifies the region m which it appears, and the location of that tag within the region A tag may also contam flags which relate to the region as a whole or to the tag One or more flag bits may, for example, signal a tag sensmg device to provide feedback mdicative of a function associated with the immediate area of the tag, without the sensing device having to refer to a descnption of the region A netpage pen may, for example, illuminate an "active area" LED when m the zone of a hyperlink
As will be more clearly explained below, m a prefened embodiment, each tag contains an easily recognized mvanant structure which aids initial detection, and which assists m minimizing the effect of any warp mduced by the surface or by the sensmg process The tags preferably tile the entire page, and are sufficiently small and densely arranged that the pen can reliably image at least one tag even on a smgle click on the page It is important that the pen recognize the page ID and position on every mteraction with the page, smce the interaction is stateless
In a prefened embodiment, the region to which a tag refers coincides with an entire page, and the region ID encoded m the tag is therefore synonymous with the page ID of the page on which the tag appears In other embodiments, the region to which a tag refers can be an arbitrary subregion of a page or other surface For example, it can comcide with the zone of an mteractive element, in which case the region ID can directly identify the mteractive element
Table 1 - Tag data
Figure imgf000011_0001
Each tag contams 120 bits of mformation, typically allocated as shown m Table 1 Assuming a maximum tag density of 64 per square mch, a 16-bit tag ID supports a region size of up to 1024 square inches Larger regions can be mapped continuously without increasing the tag ID precision simply by usmg abutting regions and maps The 100-bit region ID allows 2100 (~10,() or a million tnllion tnllion) different regions to be uniquely identified 1.2.2 Tag Data Encoding The 120 bits of tag data are redundantly encoded usmg a (15, 5) Reed-Solomon code This yields 360 encoded bits consistmg of 6 codewords of 15 4-bit symbols each The (15, 5) code allows up to 5 symbol errors to be corrected per codeword, l e it is tolerant of a symbol enor rate of up to 33% per codeword
Each 4-bit symbol is represented m a spatially coherent way m the tag, and the symbols of the six codewords are mterleaved spatially withm the tag This ensures that a burst enor (an enor affecting multiple spatially adjacent bits) damages a minimum number of symbols overall and a minimum number of symbols in any one codeword, thus maximising the likelihood that the burst enor can be fully conected 1.2.3 Physical Tag Structure
The physical representation of the tag, shown m Figure 5, mcludes fixed target structures 15, 16, 17 and vanable data areas 18 The fixed target structures allow a sensmg device such as the netpage pen to detect the tag and infer its three-dimensional onentation relative to the sensor The data areas contam representations of the mdividual bits of the encoded tag data
To achieve proper tag reproduction, the tag is rendered at a resolution of 256x256 dots When pnnted at 1600 dots per mch this yields a tag with a diameter of about 4 mm At this resolution the tag is designed to be surrounded by a "quiet area" of radius 16 dots Smce the quiet area is also contnbuted by adjacent tags, it only adds 16 dots to the effective diameter of the tag The tag mcludes six target structures A detection ring 15 allows the sensmg device to initially detect the tag The rmg is easy to detect because it is rotationally mvanant and because a simple conection of its aspect ratio removes most of the effects of perspective distortion An onentation axis 16 allows the sensmg device to determme the approximate planar onentation of the tag due to the yaw of the sensor The onentation axis is skewed to yield a unique onentation Four perspective targets 17 allow the sensmg device to infer an accurate two-dimensional perspective transform of the tag and hence an accurate three-dimensional position and onentation of the tag relative to the sensor
All target structures are redundantly large to improve their immunity to noise
The overall tag shape is circular This supports, amongst other things, optimal tag packmg on an lrregular tnangular gnd In combmation with the circular detection rmg, this makes a circular anangement of data bits within the tag optimal To maximise its size, each data bit is represented by a radial wedge m the form of an area bounded by two radial lines and two concentnc circular arcs Each wedge has a minimum dimension of 8 dots at 1600 dpi and is designed so that its base (its inner arc), is at least equal to this minimum dimension The height of the wedge m the radial direction is always equal to the minimum dimension Each 4-bit data symbol is represented by an array of 2x2 wedges
The 15 4-bit data symbols of each of the six codewords are allocated to the four concentnc symbol rings 18a to 18d m mterleaved fashion Symbols are allocated alternately m circular progression around the tag
The mterleavmg is designed to maximise the average spatial distance between any two symbols of the same codeword
In order to support "single-click" interaction with a tagged region via a sensmg device, the sensmg device must be able to see at least one entire tag m its field of view no matter where m the region or at what onentation it is positioned The required diameter of the field of view of the sensmg device is therefore a function of the size and spacmg of the tags
Assummg a circular tag shape, the minimum diameter of the sensor field of view is obtamed when the tags are tiled on a equilateral tnangular gnd, as shown m Figure 6
1.2.4 Tag image Processing and Decoding The tag image processmg and decodmg performed by a sensing device such as the netpage pen is shown m
Figure 7 While a captured unage is bemg acquired from the image sensor, the dynamic range of the unage is determined (at 20) The center of the range is then chosen as the binary threshold for the image 21 The image is then thresholded and segmented mto connected pixel regions (l e shapes 23) (at 22) Shapes which are too small to represent tag target structures are discarded The size and centroid of each shape is also computed Binary shape moments 25 are then computed (at 24) for each shape, and these provide the basis for subsequently locating target structures Central shape moments are by their nature mvanant of position and can be easily made mvanant of scale, aspect ratio and rotation The rmg target structure 15 is the first to be located (at 26) A rmg has the advantage of bemg very well behaved when perspective-distorted Matchmg proceeds by aspect-normalizmg and rotation-normalizmg each shape's moments Once its second-order moments are normalized the rmg is easy to recognize even if the perspective distortion was significant The ring's ongmal aspect and rotation 27 together provide a useful approximation of the perspective transform
The axis target structure 16 is the next to be located (at 28) Matchmg proceeds by applymg the rmg's normalizations to each shape's moments, and rotation-normalizmg the resulting moments Once its second-order moments are normalized the axis target is easily recognized Note that one third order moment is required to disambiguate the two possible onentations of the axis The shape is deliberately skewed to one side to make this possible Note also that it is only possible to rotation-normalize the axis target after it has had the rmg's normalizations applied, smce the perspective distortion can hide the axis target's axis The axis target's ongmal rotation provides a useful approximation of the tag's rotation due to pen yaw 29
The four perspective target structures 17 are the last to be located (at 30) Good estimates of their positions are computed based on their known spatial relationships to the rmg and axis targets, the aspect and rotation of the rmg, and the rotation of the axis Matchmg proceeds by applymg the rmg's normalizations to each shape's moments Once their second-order moments are normalized the circular perspective targets are easy to recognize, and the target closest to each estimated position is taken as a match The ongmal centroids of the four perspective targets are then taken to be the perspective-distorted corners 31 of a square of known size in tag space, and an eight-degree-of-freedom perspective transform 33 is infened (at 32) based on solvmg the well-understood equations relatmg the four tag-space and rmage- space point pairs (see Heckbert, P , Fundamentals of Texture Mappmg and Image Warping, Masters Thesis, Dept of
EECS, U of California at Berkeley, Technical Report No UCB/CSD 89/516, June 1989, the contents of which are herem mcorporated by cross-reference)
The infened tag-space to image-space perspective transform is used to project (at 36) each known data bit position m tag space into unage space where the real-valued position is used to bilinearly interpolate (at 36) the four relevant adjacent pixels m the mput unage The previously computed unage threshold 21 is used to threshold the result to produce the final bit value 37
Once all 360 data bits 37 have been obtamed m this way, each of the six 60-bit Reed-Solomon codewords is decoded (at 38) to yield 20 decoded bits 39, or 120 decoded bits m total Note that the codeword symbols are sampled in codeword order, so that codewords are implicitly de-mterleaved duπng the sampling process The rmg target 15 is only sought in a subarea of the image whose relationship to the image guarantees that the rmg, if found, is part of a complete tag If a complete tag is not found and successfully decoded, then no pen position is recorded for the cunent frame Given adequate processing power and ideally a non-πummal field of view 193, an alternative strategy involves seeking another tag m the cunent unage
The obtained tag data mdicates the identity of the region contammg the tag and the position of the tag within the region An accurate position 35 of the pen nib m the region, as well as the overall onentation 35 of the pen, is then infened (at 34) from the perspective transform 33 observed on the tag and the known spatial relationship between the pen's physical axis and the pen's optical axis 1.2.5 Tag Map
Decoding a tag results m a region ID, a tag ID, and a tag-relative pen transform Before the tag ID and the tag-relative pen location can be translated mto an absolute location within the tagged region, the location of the tag within the region must be known This is given by a tag map, a function which maps each tag ID m a tagged region to a conespondmg location The tag map class diagram is shown in Figure 22, as part of the netpage pnnter class diagram A tag map reflects the scheme used to tile the surface region with tags, and this can vary according to surface type When multiple tagged regions share the same tilmg scheme and the same tag numbermg scheme, they can also share the same tag map
The tag map for a region must be retnevable via the region ID Thus, given a region ID, a tag ID and a pen transform, the tag map can be retneved, the tag ID can be translated mto an absolute tag location within the region, and the tag-relative pen location can be added to the tag location to yield an absolute pen location within the region 1.2.6 Tagging Schemes
Two distinct surface codmg schemes are of mterest, both of which use the tag structure descnbed earlier m this section The prefened codmg scheme uses "location-mdicatmg" tags as already discussed An alternative coding scheme uses object-indicating tags
A location-mdicatmg tag contams a tag ID which, when translated through the tag map associated with the tagged region, yields a unique tag location within the region The tag-relative location of the pen is added to this tag location to yield the location of the pen within the region This m turn is used to determme the location of the pen relative to a user mterface element m the page descnption associated with the region Not only is the user mterface element itself identified, but a location relative to the user mterface element is identified Location-mdicatmg tags therefore tnvially support the capture of an absolute pen path m the zone of a particular user interface element
An object-indicating tag contams a tag ID which directly identifies a user mterface element m the page descnption associated with the region All the tags m the zone of the user mterface element identify the user mterface element, making them all identical and therefore indistinguishable Object-indicating tags do not, therefore, support the capture of an absolute pen path They do, however, support the capture of a relative pen path So long as the position sampling frequency exceeds twice the encountered tag frequency, the displacement from one sampled pen position to the next within a stroke can be unambiguously determined
With either tagging scheme, the tags function m cooperation with associated visual elements on the netpage as user mteractive elements m that a user can mteract with the pnnted page usmg an appropnate sensmg device m order for tag data to be read by the sensmg device and for an appropnate response to be generated m the netpage system
1.3 DOCUMENT AND PAGE DESCRIPTIONS
A prefened embodiment of a document and page descnption class diagram is shown in Figures 25 and 26
In the netpage system a document is descnbed at three levels At the most abstract level the document 836 has a hierarchical structure whose termmal elements 839 are associated with content objects 840 such as text objects, text style objects, image objects, etc Once the document is pnnted on a pnnter with a particular page size and accordmg to a particular user's scale factor preference, the document is paginated and otherwise formatted Formatted termmal elements 835 will m some cases be associated with content objects which are different from those associated with their conespondmg termmal elements, particularly where the content objects are style-related Each pnnted mstance of a document and page is also descnbed separately, to allow mput captured through a particular page mstance 830 to be recorded separately from mput captured through other instances of the same page descnption
The presence of the most abstract document descnption on the page server allows a user to request a copy of a document without bemg forced to accept the source document's specific format The user may be requesting a copy through a pnnter with a different page size, for example Conversely, the presence of the formatted document descnption on the page server allows the page server to efficiently interpret user actions on a particular pnnted page A formatted document 834 consists of a set of formatted page descnptions 5, each of which consists of a set of formatted termmal elements 835 Each formatted element has a spatial extent or zone 58 on the page This defines the active area of mput elements such as hyperlinks and mput fields A document mstance 831 conesponds to a formatted document 834 It consists of a set of page instances 830, each of which conesponds to a page descnption 5 of the formatted document Each page mstance 830 descnbes a smgle unique pnnted netpage 1, and records the page ID 50 of the netpage A page mstance is not part of a document mstance if it represents a copy of a page requested in isolation A page mstance consists of a set of termmal element instances 832 An element mstance only exists if it records mstance-specific information Thus, a hyperlink mstance exists for a hyperlink element because it records a transaction ID 55 which is specific to the page mstance, and a field mstance exists for a field element because it records mput specific to the page instance An element mstance does not exist, however, for static elements such as textflows
A termmal element can be a static element 843, a hyperlmk element 844, a field element 845 or a page server command element 846, as shown in Figure 27 A static element 843 can be a style element 847 with an associated style object 854, a textflow element 848 with an associated styled text object 855, an unage element 849 with an associated unage element 856, a graphic element 850 with an associated graphic object 857, a video clip element 851 with an associated video clip object 858, an audio clip element 852 with an associated audio clip object 859, or a scnpt element 853 with an associated scnpt object 860, as shown m Figure 28 A page mstance has a background field 833 which is used to record any digital ink captured on the page which does not apply to a specific mput element
In the prefened form of the mvention, a tag map 811 is associated with each page mstance to allow tags on the page to be translated mto locations on the page 1.4 THE NETPAGE NETWORK In a prefened embodiment, a netpage network consists of a distnbuted set of netpage page servers 10, netpage registration servers 11, netpage ID servers 12, netpage application servers 13, netpage publication servers 14, and netpage pnnters 601 connected via a network 19 such as the Internet, as shown m Figure 3
The netpage registration server 11 is a server which records relationships between users, pens, pnnters, applications and publications, and thereby authorizes vanous network activities It authenticates users and acts as a signing proxy on behalf of authenticated users m application transactions It also provides handwntmg recognition services As descnbed above, a netpage page server 10 maintains persistent mformation about page descnptions and page instances The netpage network mcludes any number of page servers, each handling a subset of page instances Smce a page server also maintains user mput values for each page mstance, clients such as netpage pnnters send netpage mput directly to the appropnate page server The page server interprets any such mput relative to the descnption of the conespondmg page
A netpage ID server 12 allocates document IDs 51 on demand, and provides load-balancing of page servers via its ID allocation scheme
A netpage pnnter uses the Internet Distnbuted Name System (DNS), or similar, to resolve a netpage page ID 50 mto the network address of the netpage page server handling the conespondmg page mstance A netpage application server 13 is a server which hosts mteractive netpage applications A netpage publication server 14 is an application server which publishes netpage documents to netpage pnnters They are descnbed m detail m Section 2
Netpage servers can be hosted on a vanety of network server platforms from manufacturers such as IBM, Hewlett-Packard, and Sun Multiple netpage servers can run concunently on a smgle host, and a smgle server can be distnbuted over a number of hosts Some or all of the functionality provided by netpage servers, and m particular the functionality provided by the ID server and the page server, can also be provided directly in a netpage appliance such as a netpage pnnter, in a computer workstation, or on a local network 1.5 THE NETPAGE PRINTER
The netpage pnnter 601 is an appliance which is registered with the netpage system and prints netpage documents on demand and via subscnption Each pnnter has a unique pnnter ID 62, and is connected to the netpage network via a network such as the Internet, ideally via a broadband connection Apart from identity and secunty settings m non-volatile memory, the netpage pnnter contams no persistent storage As far as a user is concerned, "the network is the computer" Netpages function interactively across space and time with the help of the distnbuted netpage page servers 10, mdependently of particular netpage pnnters
The netpage pnnter receives subscnbed netpage documents from netpage publication servers 14 Each document is distnbuted in two parts the page layouts, and the actual text and unage objects which populate the pages Because of personalization, page layouts are typically specific to a particular subscnber and so are pomtcast to the subscnber's pnnter via the appropnate page server Text and unage objects, on the other hand, are typically shared with other subscnbers, and so are multicast to all subscnbers' pnnters and the appropnate page servers
The netpage publication server optimizes the segmentation of document content mto pomtcasts and multicasts After receivmg the pomtcast of a document's page layouts, the pnnter knows which multicasts, if any, to listen to
Once the pnnter has received the complete page layouts and objects that define the document to be pnnted, it can pnnt the document
The pnnter rastenzes and prints odd and even pages simultaneously on both sides of the sheet It contams duplexed pnnt engine controllers 760 and pnnt engmes utilizing Memjet™ pnntheads 350 for this purpose The pnnting process consists of two decoupled stages rasterization of page descnpttons, and expansion and pnnting of page images The raster image processor (RJP) consists of one or more standard DSPs 757 running m parallel The duplexed pnnt engme controllers consist of custom processors which expand, dither and pnnt page images m real time, synchronized with the operation of the pnntheads m the pnnt engmes
Pnnters not enabled for IR pnnting have the option to pnnt tags usmg IR-absorptive black ink, although this restncts tags to otherwise empty areas of the page Although such pages have more limited functionality than IR-pnnted pages, they are still classed as netpages
A normal netpage pnnter prints netpages on sheets of paper More specialised netpage pnnters may pnnt onto more specialised surfaces, such as globes Each pnnter supports at least one surface type, and supports at least one tag tilmg scheme, and hence tag map, for each surface type The tag map 811 which descnbes the tag tiling scheme actually used to pnnt a document becomes associated with that document so that the document's tags can be conectly mterpreted
Figure 2 shows the netpage pnnter class diagram, reflecting printer-related mformation mamtamed by a registration server 11 on the netpage network
A prefened embodiment of the netpage pnnter is descnbed in greater detail m Section 6 below, with reference to Figures 11 to 16
1.5.1 Memjet™ Printheads
The netpage system can operate usmg pnnters made with a wide range of digital prmtmg technologies, mcludmg thermal Inkjet, piezoelectπc Inkjet, laser electrophotographic, and others However, for wide consumer acceptance it is desirable that a netpage pnnter have the following charactenstics • photographic quality color pnnting
• high quality text pnnting
• high reliability low pnnter cost low mk cost low paper cost simple operation nearly silent pnnting high printing speed simultaneous double sided pnnting compact form factor low power consumption No commercially available pnnting technology has all of these charactenstics
To enable to production of pnnters with these charactenstics, the present applicant has mvented a new pnnt technology, refened to as Memjet™ technology Memjet™ is a drop-on-demand rnkjet technology that mcorporates pagewidth pnntheads fabncated usmg microelectromechamcal systems (MEMS) technology Figure 17 shows a smgle pnnting element 300 of a Memjet™ prmthead The netpage wallprmter incorporates 168960 pnnting elements 300 to form a 1600 dpi pagewidth duplex pnnter This prmter simultaneously pnnts cyan, magenta, yellow, black, and infrared inks as well as paper conditioner and ink fixative
The pnnting element 300 is approximately 110 microns long by 32 microns wide Anays of these prmtmg elements are formed on a silicon substrate 301 that mcorporates CMOS logic, data transfer, timing, and dnve circuits (not shown) Major elements of the pnnting element 300 are the nozzle 302, the nozzle nm 303, the nozzle chamber 304, the fluidic seal 305, the ink channel nm 306, the lever arm 307, the active actuator beam pair 308, the passive actuator beam pau 309 the active actuator anchor 310, the passive actuator anchor 311, and the ink inlet 312
The active actuator beam pair 308 is mechanically joined to the passive actuator beam pair 309 at the jom 319 Both beams pairs are anchored at their respective anchor pomts 310 and 311 The combination of elements 308, 309, 310, 311 and 319 form a cantilevered electrothermal bend actuator 320
Figure 18 shows a small part of an array of pnnting elements 300, mcludmg a cross section 315 of a pnnting element 300 The cross section 315 is shown without mk, to clearly show the ink inlet 312 that passes through the silicon wafer 301
Figures 19(a), 19(b) and 19(c) show the operatmg cycle of a Memjet™ pnnting element 300 Figure 19(a) shows the quiescent position of the mk memscus 316 pnor to pnnting an mk droplet Ink is retained m the nozzle chamber by surface tension at the ink memscus 316 and at the flmdic seal 305 formed between the nozzle chamber 304 and the ink channel nm 306
While prmtmg, the pnnthead CMOS circuitry distnbutes data from the pnnt engme controller to the conect pnnting element, latches the data, and buffers the data to dnve the electrodes 318 of the active actuator beam pair 308 This causes an electncal cunent to pass through the beam parr 308 for about one microsecond, resultmg in Joule heatmg The temperature increase resultmg from Joule heating causes the beam pair 308 to expand As the passive actuator beam pair 309 is not heated, it does not expand, resultmg in a stress difference between the two beam parrs This stress difference is partially resolved by the cantilevered end of the electrothermal bend actuator 320 bendmg towards the substrate 301 The lever arm 307 transmits this movement to the nozzle chamber 304 The nozzle chamber 304 moves about two microns to the position shown m Figure 19(b) This mcreases the mk pressure, forcing mk 321 out of the nozzle 302, and causing the ink memscus 316 to bulge The nozzle nm 303 prevents the ink memscus 316 from spreading across the surface of the nozzle chamber 304 As the temperature of the beam pairs 308 and 309 equalizes, the actuator 320 returns to its ongmal position This aids m the break-off of the ink droplet 317 from the ink 321 m the nozzle chamber, as shown m Figure 19(c) The nozzle chamber is refilled by the action of the surface tension at the memscus 316
Figure 20 shows a segment of a prmthead 350 In a netpage pnnter, the length of the pnnthead is the full width of the paper (typically 210 mm) m the direction 351 The segment shown is 0 4 mm long (about 0 2% of a complete prmthead) When pnnting, the paper is moved past the fixed prmthead m the direction 352 The pnnthead has 6 rows of mterdigitated pnnting elements 300, pnnting the six colors or types of ink supplied by the ink inlets 312
To protect the fragile surface of the pnnthead during operation, a nozzle guard wafer 330 is attached to the pnnthead substrate 301 For each nozzle 302 there is a conespondmg nozzle guard hole 331 through which the ink droplets are fired To prevent the nozzle guard holes 331 from becommg blocked by paper fibers or other debns, filtered au: is pumped through the air mlets 332 and out of the nozzle guard holes durmg pnnting To prevent ink 321 from drying, the nozzle guard is sealed while the pnnter is idle 1.6 The Netpage Pen
The active sensmg device of the netpage system is typically a pen 101, which, usmg its embedded controller 134, is able to capture and decode IR position tags from a page via an image sensor The image sensor is a solid-state device provided with an appropnate filter to permit sensmg at only near-infrared wavelengths As descnbed in more detail below, the system is able to sense when the mb is m contact with the surface, and the pen is able to sense tags at a sufficient rate to capture human handwntmg (l e at 200 dpi or greater and 100 Hz or faster) Information captured by the pen is encrypted and wrrelessly transmitted to the pnnter (or base station), the pnnter or base station mterpretmg the data with respect to the (known) page structure
The prefened embodiment of the netpage pen operates both as a normal markmg k pen and as a non- marking stylus The markmg aspect, however, is not necessary for usmg the netpage system as a browsmg system, such as when it is used as an Internet mterface Each netpage pen is registered with the netpage system and has a unique pen ID 61 Figure 23 shows the netpage pen class diagram, reflecting pen-related information mamtamed by a registration server 11 on the netpage network
When either mb is m contact with a netpage, the pen determines its position aid onentation relative to the page The nib is attached to a force sensor, and the force on the mb is mterpreted relative to a threshold to mdicate whether the pen is "up" or "down" This allows a mteractive element on the page to be 'clicked' by pressmg with the pen mb, m order to request, say, mformation from a network Furthermore, the force is captured as a continuous value to allow, say, the full dynamics of a signature to be venfied
The pen determines the position and onentation of its mb on the netpage by imaging, m the infrared spectrum, an area 193 of the page m the vicinity of the mb It decodes the nearest tag and computes the position of the mb relative to the tag from the observed perspective distortion on the imaged tag and the known geometry of the pen optics Although the position resolution of the tag may be low, because the tag density on the page is mversely proportional to the tag size, the adjusted position resolution is quite high, exceeding the minimum resolution required for accurate handwntmg recognition
Pen actions relative to a netpage are captured as a senes of strokes A stroke consists of a sequence of time- stamped pen positions on the page, initiated by a pen-down event and completed bv the subsequent pen-up event A stroke is also tagged with the page ID 50 of the netpage whenever the page ID changes, which, under normal circumstances, is at the commencement of the stroke
Each netpage pen has a cunent selection 826 associated with it, allowmg the user to perform copy and paste operations etc The selection is timestamped to allow the system to discard it after a defined time penod The cunent selection descnbes a region of a page mstance It consists of the most recent digital mk stroke captured through the pen relative to the background area of the page It is mterpreted m an application-specific manner once it is submitted to an application via a selection hyperlmk activation
Each pen has a cunent mb 824 This is the mb last notified by the pen to the system In the case of the default netpage pen descnbed above, either the markmg black ink mb or the non-marking stylus mb is cunent Each pen also has a cunent b style 825 This is the mb style last associated with the pen by an application, e g m response to the user selecting a color from a palette The default mb style is the mb style associated with the cunent b Strokes captured through a pen are tagged with the cunent mb style When the strokes are subsequently reproduced, they are reproduced m the mb style with which they are tagged Whenever the pen is within range of a pnnter with which it can communicate, the pen slowly flashes its
"online" LED When the pen fails to decode a stroke relative to the page, it momentanly activates its "enor" LED When the pen succeeds m decoding a stroke relative to the page, it momentanly activates its "ok" LED
A sequence of captured strokes is refened to as digital ink Digital mk forms the basis for the digital exchange of drawings and handwntmg, for online recognition of handwnting, and for online venfication of signatures The pen is wireless and transmits digital ink to the netpage pnnter via a short-range radio link The transmitted digital ink is encrypted for pnvacy and secunty and packetized for efficient transmission, but is always flushed on a pen-up event to ensure timely handling m the pnnter
When the pen is out-of-range of a pnnter it buffers digital ink m internal memory, which has a capacity of over ten minutes of contmuous handwnting When the pen is once agam within range of a pnnter, it transfers any buffered digital ink
A pen can be registered with any number of pnnters, but because all state data resides m netpages both on paper and on the network, it is largely immatenal which pnnter a pen is communicating with at any particular time
A prefened embodiment of the pen is descnbed m greater detail m Section 6 below, with reference to Figures 8 to 10 1.7 NETPAGE INTERACTION
The netpage pnnter 601 receives data relating to a stroke from the pen 101 when the pen is used to interact with a netpage 1 The coded data 3 of the tags 4 is read by the pen when it is used to execute a movement, such as a stroke The data allows the identity of the particular page and associated interactive element to be determined and an indication of the relative positioning of the pen relative to the page to be obtamed The mdicatmg data is transmitted to the pnnter, where it resolves, via the DNS, the page ID 50 of the stroke into the network address of the netpage page server 10 which maintains the conespondmg page mstance 830 It then transmits the stroke to the page server If the page was recently identified m an earlier stroke, then the pnnter may aheady have the address of the relevant page server m its cache Each netpage consists of a compact page layout mamtamed persistently by a netpage page server (see below) The page layout refers to objects such as images, fonts and pieces of text, typically stored elsewhere on the netpage network
When the page server receives the stroke from the pen, it retneves the page descnption to which the stroke applies, and determines which element of the page descnption the stroke mtersects It is then able to interpret the stroke m the context of the type of the relevant element
A "click" is a stroke where the distance and tune between the pen down position and the subsequent pen up position are both less than some small maximum An object which is activated by a click typically requires a click to be activated, and accordingly, a longer stroke is ignored The failure of a pen action, such as a "sloppy" click, to register is mdicated by the lack of response from the pen's "ok" LED There are two kinds of mput elements m a netpage page descnption hyperlinks and form fields Input through a form field can also tngger the activation of an associated hyperlmk
1.7.1 Hyperlinks
A hyperlink is a means of sendmg a message to a remote application, and typically elicits a pnnted response m the netpage system
A hyperlink element 844 identifies the application 71 which handles activation of the hyperlink, a link ID 54 which identifies the hyperlmk to the application, an "alias required" flag which asks the system to mclude the user's application alias ID 65 m the hyperlink activation, and a descnption which is used when the hyperlink is recorded as a favonte or appears m the user's history The hyperlink element class diagram is shown m Figure 29 When a hyperlmk is activated, the page server sends a request to an application somewhere on the network
The application is identified by an application ID 64, and the application ID is resolved m the normal way via the DNS There are three types of hyperlinks general hyperlinks 863, form hyperlinks 865, and selection hyperlinks 864, as shown m Figure 30 A general hyperlmk can implement a request for a linked document, or may simply signal a preference to a server A form hyperlink submits the conespondmg form to the application A selection hyperlink submits the cunent selection to the application If the cunent selection contains a smgle-word piece of text, for example, the application may return a smgle-page document giving the word's meanmg within the context m which it appears, or a translation mto a different language Each hyperlink type is charactenzed by what mformation is submitted to the application
The conespondmg hyperlink instance 862 records a transaction ID 55 which can be specific to the page mstance on which the hyperlink mstance appears The transaction ID can identify user-specific data to the application, for example a "shopping cart" of pendmg purchases mamtamed by a purchasing application on behalf of the user
The system mcludes the pen's cunent selection 826 in a selection hyperlmk activation The system mcludes the content of the associated form mstance 868 in a form hyperlink activation, although if the hyperlink has its "submit delta" attnbute set, only mput smce the last form submission is mcluded The system includes an effective return path m all hyperlink activations
A hyperlmked group 866 is a group element 838 which has an associated hyperlmk, as shown in Figure 31 When mput occurs through any field element the group, the hyperlink 844 associated with the group is activated A hyperlinked group can be used to associate hyperlink behavior with a field such as a checkbox It can also be used, m conjunction with the "submit delta" attnbute of a form hyperlmk, to provide continuous input to an application It can therefore be used to support a "blackboard" interaction model, I e where mput is captured and therefore shared as soon as it occurs
1.7.2 Forms
A form defines a collection of related mput fields used to capture a related set of mputs through a pnnted netpage A form allows a user to submit one or more parameters to an application software program running on a server A form 867 is a group element 838 m the document hierarchy It ultimately contams a set of termmal field elements 839 A form mstance 868 represents a pnnted mstance of a lorm It consists of a set of field instances 870 which conespond to the field elements 845 of the form Each field instance has an associated value 871, whose type depends on the type of the conespondmg field element Each field value records input through a particular pnnted form mstance, l e through one or more pnnted netpages The form class diagram is shown m Figure 32 Each form mstance has a status 872 which mdicates whether the form is active, frozen, submitted, void or expired A form is active when first pnnted A form becomes frozen once it is signed A form becomes submitted once one of its submission hyperlinks has been activated, unless the hyperlink has its "submit delta" attnbute set A form becomes void when the user mvokes a void form, reset form or duplicate form page command A form expires when the time the form has been active exceeds the form's specified lifetime While the form is active, form mput is allowed Input through a form which is not active is stead captured m the background field 833 of the relevant page mstance When the form is active or frozen, form submission is allowed Any attempt to submit a form when the form is not active or frozen is rejected, and instead elicits an form status report
Each form mstance is associated (at 59) with any form instances denved from it, thus providing a version history This allows all but the latest version of a form m a particular time penod to be excluded from a search
All mput is captured as digital ink Digital ink 873 consists of a set of timestamped stroke groups 874, each of which consists of a set of styled strokes 875 Each stroke consists of a set of timestamped pen positions 876, each of which also mcludes pen onentation and mb force The digital mk class diagram is shown m Figure 33
A field element 845 can be a checkbox field 877, a text field 878, a drawing field 879, or a signature field 880 The field element class diagram is shown m Figure 34 Any digital ink captured m a field's zone 58 is assigned to the field
A checkbox field has an associated boolean value 881, as shown m Figure 35 Any mark (a tick, a cross, a stroke, a fill zigzag, etc ) captured m a checkbox field's zone causes a true value to be assigned to the field's value
A text field has an associated text value 882, as shown m Figure 36 Any digital mk captured m a text field's zone is automatically converted to text via online handwnting recognition, and the text is assigned to the field's value Online handwnting recognition is well-understood (see, for example, Tappert, C , C Y Suen and T Wakahara,
"The State of the Art m On-Line Handwnting Recognition", IEEE Transactions on Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence, Vol 12, No 8, August 1990, the contents of which are herein incorporated by cross-reference)
A signature field has an associated digital signature value 883, as shown in Figure 37 Any digital ink captured m a signature field's zone is automatically venfied with respect to the identity of the owner of the pen, and a digital signature of the content of the form of which the field is part is generated and assigned to the field's value The digital signature is generated usmg the pen user's pnvate signature key specific to the application which owns the form Online signature venfication is well-understood (see, for example, Plamondon, R and G Lorette, "Automatic Signature
Venfication and Wnter Identification - The State of the Art", Pattern Recognition, Vol 22, No 2, 1989, the contents of which are herem mcorporated by cross-reference)
A field element is hidden if its "hidden" attnbute is set A hidden field element does not have an mput zone on a page and does not accept mput It can have an associated field value which is mcluded m the form data when the form contammg the field is submitted
"Editing" commands, such as stnke-throughs mdicatmg deletion, can also be recognized in form fields
Because the handwnting recognition algonthm works "online" (l e with access to the dynamics of the pen movement), rather than "offline" (l e with access only to a bitmap of pen markings), it can recognize run-on discretely- wntten characters with relatively high accuracy, without a wnter-dependent training phase A wnter-dependent model of handwntmg is automatically generated over time, however, and can be generated up-front if necessary,
Digital ink, as already stated, consists of a sequence of strokes Any stroke which starts m a particular element's zone is appended to that element's digital ink stream, ready for interpretation Any stroke not appended to an object's digital mk stream is appended to the background field's digital ink stream
Digital ink captured in the background field is interpreted as a selection gesture Circumscnption of one or more objects is generally mterpreted as a selection of the circumscnbed objects, although the actual interpretation is application-specific
Table 2 summanses these vanous pen interactions with a netpage Table 2 - Summary of pen interactions with a netpage
Figure imgf000022_0001
The system maintains a cunent selection for each pen The selection consists simply of the most recent stroke captured m the background field The selection is cleared after an inactivity timeout to ensure predictable behavior
The raw digital ink captured m every field is retained on the netpage page server and is optionally transmitted with the form data when the form is submitted to the application This allows the application to mtenogate the raw digital ink should it suspect the ongmal conversion, such as the conversion of handwntten text This can, for example, mvolve human intervention at the application level for forms which fail certain application-specific consistency checks As an extension to this, the entire background area of a form can be designated as a drawing field
The application can then decide, on the basis of the presence of digital ink outside the explicit fields of the form, to route the form to a human operator, on the assumption that the user may have mdicated amendments to the filled-m fields outside of those fields
Figure 38 shows a flowchart of the process of handling pen input relative to ? netpage The process consists of receiving (at 884) a stroke from the pen, identifymg (at 885) the page instance 830 to which the page ID 50 in the stroke refers, retnevmg (at 886) the page descnption 5, identifymg (at 887) a formatted element 839 whose zone 58 the stroke mtersects, determining (at 888) whether the formatted element conesponds to a field element, and if so appending (at 892) the received stroke to the digital ink of the field value 871, mterpretmg (at 893) the accumulated digital ink of the field, and determining (at 894) whether the field is part of a hyperlinked group 866 and if so activating (at 895) the associated hyperlmk, alternatively determining (at 889) whether the formatted element conesponds to a hyperlmk element and if so activating (at 895) the conespondmg hyperlmk, alternatively, m the absence of an mput field or hyperlink, appending (at 890) the received stroke to the digital ink of the background field 833, and copying (at 891) the received stroke to the cunent selection 826 of the current pen, as mamtamed by the registration server
Figure 38a shows a detailed flowchart of step 893 m the process shown m Figure 38, where the accumulated digital ink of a field is mterpreted accordmg to the type of the field The process consists of determining (at
896) whether the field is a checkbox and (at 897) whether the digital ink represents a checkmark, and if so assigning (at 898) a true value to the field value, alternatively determining (at 899) whether the field is a text field and if so converting (at 900) the digital ink to computer text, with the help of the appropnate registration server, and assigning (at 901) the converted computer text to the field value, alternatively determining (at 902) whether the field is a signature field and if so venfying (at 903) the digital mk as the signature of the pen's owner, with the help of the appropnate registration server, creating (at 904) a digital signature of the contents of the conespondmg form, also with the help of the registration server and usmg the pen owner's pnvate signature key relating to the conespondmg application, and assigning (at 905) the digital signature to the field value 1.7.3 Page Server Commands
A page server command is a command which is handled locally by the page server It operates directly on form, page and document instances
A page server command 907 can be a void form command 908, a duplicate form command 909, a reset form command 910, a get form status command 911, a duplicate page command 912, a reset page command 913, a get page status command 914, a duplicate document command 915, a reset document command 916, or a get document status command 917, as shown m Figure 39 A void form command voids the conespondmg form mstance A duplicate form command voids the conespondmg form mstance and then produces an active pnnted copy of the cunent form mstance with field values preserved The copy contams the same hyperlink transaction IDs as the ongmal, and so is indistinguishable from the ongmal to an application A reset form command voids the conespondmg form mstance and then produces an active pnnted copy of the form instance with field values discarded A get form status command produces a pnnted report on the status of the conespondmg form instance, mcludmg who published it, when it was pnnted, for whom it was pnnted, and the form status of the form mstance
Smce a form hyperlink instance contams a transaction ID, the application has to be mvolved m producmg a new form mstance A button requesting a new form mstance is therefore typically implemented as a hyperlmk
A duplicate page command produces a pnnted copy of the conespondmg page instance with the background field value preserved If the page contams a form or is part of a form, then the duplicate page command is mterpreted as a duplicate form command A reset page command produces a pnnted copy of the conespondmg page mstance with the background field value discarded If the page contains a form or is part of a form, then the reset page command is mterpreted as a reset form command A get page status command produces a pnnted report on the status of the conespondmg page mstance, mcludmg who published it, when it was pnnted, for whom it was pnnted, and the status of any forms it contams or is part of
The netpage logo which appears on every netpage is usually associated with a duplicate page element When a page mstance is duplicated with field values preserved, field values are pnnted in their native form, l e a checkmark appears as a standard checkmark graphic, and text appears as typeset text Only drawings and signatures appear m their ongmal form, with a signature accompanied by a standard graphic indicating successful signature venfication
A duplicate document command produces a pnnted copy of the conespondmg document mstance with background field values preserved If the document contams any forms, then the duplicate document command duplicates the forms m the same way a duplicate form command does A reset document command produces a pnnted copy of the conespondmg document mstance with background field values discarded If the document contams any forms, then the reset document command resets the forms m the same way a reset form command does A get document status command produces a pnnted report on the status of the conespondmg document mstance, mcludmg who published it, when it was pnnted, for whom it was pnnted, and the status of any forms it contams
If the page server command's "on selected" attnbute is set, then the command operates on the page identified by the pen's cunent selection rather than on the page contammg the command This allows a menu of page server commands to be pnnted If the target page doesn't contain a page server command element for the designated page server command, then the command is ignored
An application can provide application-specific handling by embedding the relevant page server command element m a hyperlmked group The page server activates the hyperlink associated with the hyperlinked group rather than executing the page server command
A page server command element is hidden if its "hidden" attnbute is set A hidden command element does not have an mput zone on a page and so cannot be activated directly by a user It can, however, be activated via a page server command embedded m a different page, if that page server command has its "on selected" attnbute set
1.8 STANDARD FEATURES OF NETPAGES
In the prefened form, each netpage is pnnted with the netpage logo at the bottom to mdicate that it is a netpage and therefore has mteractive properties The logo also acts as a copy button In most cases pressmg the logo produces a copy of the page In the case of a form, the button produces a copy of the entire form And m the case of a secure document, such as a ticket or coupon, the button elicits an explanatory note or advertismg page
The default smgle-page copy function is handled directly by the relevant netpage page server Special copy functions are handled by linking the logo button to an application
1.9 USER HELP SYSTEM
In a prefened embodiment, the netpage pnnter has a smgle button labelled "Help" When pressed it elicits a smgle page of information, mcludmg
• status of pnnter connection
• status of prmter consumables
• top-level help menu
• document function menu • top-level netpage network directory
The help menu provides a hierarchical manual on how to use the netpage system The document function menu mcludes the following functions
• pnnt a copy of a document
• pnnt a clean copy of a form • pnnt the status of a document
A document function is initiated by simply pressing the button and then touching any page of the document The status of a document mdicates who published it and when, to whom it was delivered, and to whom and when it was subsequently submitted as a form
The netpage network directory allows the user to navigate the hierarchy of publications and services on the network As an alternative, the user can call the netpage network "900" number "yellow pages" and speak to a human operator The operator can locate the desired document and route it to the user's pnnter Dependmg on the document type, the publisher or the user pays the small "yellow pages" service fee
The help page is obviously unavailable if the pnnter is unable to pnnt In this case the "enor" light is lit and the user can request remote diagnosis over the network 2 PERSONALIZED PUBLICATION MODEL
In the following descnption, news is used as a canonical publication example to illustrate personalization mechanisms in the netpage system Although news is often used m the limited sense of newspaper and newsmagazme news, the intended scope m the present context is wider
In the netpage system, the editonal content and the advertising content of a news publication are personalized using different mechanisms The editonal content is personalized accordmg to the reader's explicitly stated and implicitly captured mterest profile The advertising content is personalized accordmg to the reader's locality and demographic 2.1 EDITORIAL PERSONALIZATION
A subscnber can draw on two lands of news sources those that deliver news publications, and those that deliver news streams While news publications are aggregated and edited by the publisher, news sfreams are aggregated either by a news publisher or by a specialized news aggregator News publications typically conespond to traditional newspapers and newsmagazmes, while news streams can be many and vaned a "raw" news feed from a news service, a cartoon stnp, a freelance wnter's column, a friend's bulletin board, or the reader's own e-mail
The netpage publication server supports the publication of edited news publications as well as the aggregation of multiple news streams By handling the aggregation and hence the formatting of news streams selected directly by the reader, the server is able to place advertismg on pages over which it otherwise has no editonal control The subscnber builds a daily newspaper by selecting one or more contnbuting news publications, and creating a personalized version of each The resulting daily editions are pnnted and bound together mto a smgle newspaper The vanous members of a household typically express their different interests and tastes by selecting different daily publications and then customizing them
For each publication, the reader optionally selects specific sections Some sections appear daily, while others appear weekly The daily sections available from The New York Times online, for example, mclude "Page One
Plus", "National", "International", "Opinion", "Busmess", "Arts/Living", "Technology", and "Sports" The set of available sections is specific to a publication, as is the default subset
The reader can extend the daily newspaper by creatmg custom sections, each one drawing on any number of news streams Custom sections might be created for e-mail and friends' announcements ("Personal"), or for monitoring news feeds for specific topics ("Alerts" or "Clippings")
For each section, the reader optionally specifies its size, either qualitatively (e g short, medium, or long), or numencally (l e as a limit on its number of pages), and the desired proportion of advertismg, either qualitatively (e g high, normal, low, none), or numencally (I e as a percentage)
The reader also optionally expresses a preference for a large number of shorter articles or a small number of longer articles Each article is ideally wntten (or edited) m both short and long forms to support this preference
An article may also be wntten (or edited) m different versions to match the expected sophistication of the reader, for example to provide children's and adults' versions The appropnate version is selected accordmg to the reader's age The reader can specify a "reading age" which takes precedence over their biological age
The articles which make up each section are selected and pnontized by the editors, and each is assigned a useful lifetime By default they are delivered to all relevant subscnbers, m pnonty order, subject to space constraints m the subscnbers' editions
In sections where it is appropnate, the reader may optionally enable collaborative filtermg This is then applied to articles which have a sufficiently long lifetime Each article which qualifies for collaborative filtermg is pnnted with ratmg buttons at the end of the article The buttons can provide an easy choice (e g "liked" and "disliked'), making it more likely that readers will bother to rate the article
Articles with high pnonties and short lifetimes are therefore effectively considered essential readmg by the editors and are delivered to most relevant subscnbers
The reader optionally specifies a serendipity factor, either qualitatively (e g do or don't surpnse me), or numencally A high serendipity factor lowers the threshold used for matching dunng collaborative filtermg A high factor makes it more likely that the conespondmg section will be filled to the reader's specified capacity A different serendipity factor can be specified for different days of the week
The reader also optionally specifies topics of particular interest within a section, and this modifies the pnonties assigned by the editors
The speed of the reader's Internet connection affects the quality at which images can be delivered The reader optionally specifies a preference for fewer unages or smaller unages or both If the number or size of images is not reduced, then unages may be delivered at lower quality (1 e at lower resolution or with greater compression) At a global level, the reader specifies how quantities, dates, times and monetary values are localized This mvolves specifying whether umts are impenal or metric, a local tunezone and time format, and a local currency, and whether the localization consist of in situ translation or annotation These preferences are denved from the reader's locality by default
To reduce reading difficulties caused by poor eyesight, the reader optionally specifies a global preference for a larger presentation Both text and unages are scaled accordmgly, and less mformation is accommodated on each page
The language m which a news publication is published, and its conespondmg text encodmg, is a property of the publication and not a preference expressed by the user However, the netpage system can be configured to provide automatic translation services in vanous guises 2.2 ADVERTISING LOCALIZATION AND TARGETING
The personalization of the editonal content directly affects the advertismg content, because advertismg is typically placed to exploit the editonal context Travel ads, for example, are more likely to appear m a travel section than elsewhere The value of the editonal content to an advertiser (and therefore to the publisher) lies m its ability to attract large numbers of readers with the nght demographics Effective advertismg is placed on the basis of locality and demographics Locality determines proximity to particular services, retailers etc , and particular mterests and concerns associated with the local community and environment Demographics determme general mterests and preoccupations as well as likely spending patterns
A news publisher's most profitable product is advertismg "space", a multi-dimensional entity determined by the publication's geographic coverage the size of its readership, its readership demographics, and the page area available for advertising
In the netpage system, the netpage publication server computes the approxm tie multi-dimensional size of a publication's saleable advertismg space on a per-section basis, taking mto account the publication's geographic coverage, the section's readership, the size of each reader's section edition, each reader's advertismg proportion, and each reader's demographic In companson with other media, the netpage system allows the advertising space to be defined m greater detail, and allows smaller pieces of it to be sold separately It therefore allows it to be sold at closer to its true value
For example, the same advertismg "slot" can be sold m varying proportions to several advertisers, with mdividual readers' pages randomly receivmg the advertisement of one advertiser or another, overall preserving the proportion of space sold to each advertiser The netpage system allows advertismg to be linked duectly to detailed product information and online purchasmg It therefore raises the lntnnsic value of the advertismg space
Because personalization and localization are handled automatically by netpage publication servers, an advertising aggregator can provide arbitranly broad coverage of both geography and demographics The subsequent disaggregation is efficient because it is automatic This makes it more cost-effective for publishers to deal with advertismg aggregators than to directly capture advertismg Even though the advertising aggregator is taking a proportion of advertising revenue, publishers may find the change profit-neutral because of the greater efficiency of aggregation The advertismg aggregator acts as an intermediary between advertisers and publishers, and may place the same advertisement m multiple publications
It is worth noting that ad placement m a netpage publication can be more complex than ad placement in the publication's traditional counterpart, because the publication's advertismg space is more complex While ignoring the full complexities of negotiations between advertisers, advertismg aggregators and publishers, the prefened form of the netpage system provides some automated support for these negotiations, mcludmg support for automated auctions of advertismg space Automation is particularly desirable for the placement of advertisements which generate small amounts of mcome, such as small or highly localized advertisements
Once placement has been negotiated, the aggregator captures and edits the advertisement and records it on a netpage ad server Conespondmgly, the publisher records the ad placement on the relevant netpage publication server When the netpage publication server lays out each user's personalized publication, it picks the relevant advertisements from the netpage ad server 2.3 USER PROFILES
2.3.1 Information Filtering
The personalization of news and other publications relies on an assortment of user-specific profile mformation, mcludmg
• publication custoπuzations
• collaborative filtermg vectors
• contact details
• presentation preferences The customization of a publication is typically publication-specific, and so the customization mformation is mamtamed by the relevant netpage publication server
A collaborative filteπng vector consists of the user's ratings of a number of news items It is used to conelate different users' mterests for the purposes of making recommendations Although there are benefits to maintaining a smgle collaborative filtermg vector mdependently of any particular publication, there are two reasons why it is more practical to maintain a separate vector for each publication there is likely to be more overlap between the vectors of subscnbers to the same publication than between those of subscnbers to different publications, and a publication is likely to want to present its users' collaborative filtermg vectors as part of the value of its brand, not to be found elsewhere Collaborative filtermg vectors are therefore also mamtamed by the relevant netpage publication server
Contact details, mcludmg name, street address, ZIP Code, state, country, telephone numbers, are global by nature, and are mamtamed by a netpage registration server
Presentation preferences, mcludmg those for quantities, dates and times, are likewise global and mamtamed m the same way
The localization of advertismg relies on the locality mdicated m the user's contact details, while the targeting of advertismg relies on personal mformation such as date of birth, gender, mantal status, mcome, profession, education, or qualitative denvatives such as age range and mcome range
For those users who choose to reveal personal mformation for advertismg purposes the information is mamtamed by the relevant netpage registration server In the absence of such information, advertismg can be targeted on the basis of the demographic associated with the user's ZIP or ZIP+4 Code
Each user, pen, pnnter, application provider and application is assigned its own unique identifier, and the netpage registration server maintains the relationships between them, as shown m Figures 21, 22, 23 and 24 For registration purposes, a publisher is a special kind of application provider, and a publication is a special kmd of application Each user 800 may be authorized to use any number of pnnters 802, and each pnnter may allow any number of users to use it Each user has a smgle default pnnter (at 66), to which penodical publications are delivered by default, whilst pages pnnted on demand are delivered to the pnnter through which the user is mteractmg The server keeps track of which publishers a user has authorized to pnnt to the user's default pnnter A publisher does not record the ID of any particular pnnter, but mstead resolves the ID when it is required
When a user subscnbes 808 to a publication 807, the publisher 806 (1 e application provider 803) is authorized to pnnt to a specified pnnter or the user's default pnnter This authorization can be revoked at any time by the user Each user may have several pens 801, but a pen is specific to a smgle user If a user is authorized to use a particular pnnter, then that pnnter recognizes any of the user's pens The pen ID is used to locate the conespondmg user profile mamtamed by a particular netpage registration server, via the DNS m the usual way
A Web termmal 809 can be authorized to pnnt on a particular netpage pnnter, allowmg Web pages and netpage documents encountered durmg Web browsmg to be conveniently prmted on the nearest netpage pnnter
The netpage system can collect, on behalf of a pnnter provider, fees and commissions on mcome earned through publications pnnted on the provider's pnnters Such income can mclude advertismg fees, click-through fees, e- commerce commissions, and transaction fees If the pnnter is owned by the user, then the user is the pnnter provider
Each user also has a netpage account 820 which is used to accumulate micro-debits and credits (such as those descnbed m the preceding paragraph), contact details 815, mcludmg name, address and telephone numbers, global preferences 816, mcludmg pnvacy, delivery and localization settings, any number of biometnc records 817, contammg the user's encoded signature 818, fingerpnnt 819 etc, a handwntmg model 819 automatically mamtamed by the system, and SET payment card accounts 821 with which e-commerce payments can be made
2.3.2 Favorites List
A netpage user can maintain a list 922 of "favontes" - links to useful documents etc on the netpage network The list is mamtamed by the system on the user's behalf It is organized as a hierarchv of folders 924, a preferned embodiment of which is shown m the class diagram m Figure 41
2.3.3 History List
The system maintains a history list 929 on each user's behalf, contammg links to documents etc accessed by the user through the netpage system It is organized as a date-ordered list, a prefened embodiment of which is shown m the class diagram in Figure 42 2.4 INTELLIGENT PAGE LAYOUT
The netpage publication server automatically lays out the pages of each user's personalized publication on a section-by-section basis Since most advertisements are m the form of pre-formatted rectangles, they are placed on the page before the editonal content
The advertismg ratio for a section can be achieved with wildly varying advertismg ratios on mdividual pages within the section, and the ad layout algonthm exploits this The algonthm is configured to attempt to co-locate closely tied editonal and advertismg content, such as placmg ads for roofing matenal specifically within the publication because of a special feature on do-it-yourself roofing repairs
The editonal content selected for the user, mcludmg text and associated unages and graphics is then laid out accordmg to vanous aesthetic rules The entire process, mcludmg the selection of ads and the selection of editonal content, must be iterated once the layout has converged, to attempt to more closely achieve the user's stated section size preference The section size preference can, however, be matched on average over time, allowmg significant day-to-day vanations 2.5 DOCUMENT FORMAT
Once the document is laid out, it is encoded for efficient distnbution and persistent storage on the netpage network
The primary efficiency mechanism is the separation of mformation specific to a smgle user's edition and mformation shared between multiple users' editions The specific mformation consists of the page layout The shared mformation consists of the objects to which the page layout refers, mcludmg images, graphics, and pieces of text
A text object contams fully-formatted text represented m the Extensible Markup Language (XML) usmg the Extensible Stylesheet Language (XSL) XSL provides precise confrol over text formatting mdependently of the region mto which the text is bemg set, which m this case is bemg provided by the layout The text object contams embedded language codes to enable automatic translation, and embedded hyphenation hints to aid with paragraph formatting
An unage object encodes an unage m the JPEG 2000 wavelet-based compressed image format A graphic object encodes a 2D graphic m Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) format
The layout itself consists of a senes of placed unage and graphic objects, linked textflow objects through which text objects flow, hyperlinks and mput fields as descnbed above, and watermark regions These layout objects are summanzed m Table 3 The layout uses a compact format suitable for efficient distnbution and storage Table 3 - netpage layout objects
Figure imgf000029_0001
2.6 DOCUMENT DISTRIBUTION
As descnbed above for purposes of efficient distnbution and persistent storage on the netpage network, a user-specific page layout is separated from the shared objects to which it refers
When a subscnbed publication is ready to be distnbuted, the netpage publication server allocates, with the help of the netpage ID server 12, a unique ID for each page, page instance, document, and document mstance
The server computes a set of optimized subsets of the shared content and creates a multicast channel for each subset, and then tags each user-specific layout with the names of the multicast channels which will carry the shared content used by that layout The server then pomtcasts each user's layouts to that user's pnnter via the appropnate page server, and when the pomtcastmg is complete, multicasts the shared content on the specified channels After receiving lts pomtcast, each page server and pnnter subscnbes to the multicast channels specified m the page layouts Dunng the multicasts, each page server and pnnter extracts from the multicast streams those objects refened to by its page layouts The page servers persistently archive the received page layouts and shared content
Once a pnnter has received all the objects to which its page layouts refer, the pnnter re-creates the fully- populated layout and then rastenzes and prints it
Under normal circumstances, the pnnter prints pages faster than they can be delivered Assummg a quarter of each page is covered with images, the average page has a size of less than 400KB The pnnter can therefore hold m excess of 100 such pages m its internal 64MB memory, allowmg for temporary buffers etc The pnnter prints at a rate of one page per second This is equivalent to 400KB or about 3Mbit of page data per second, which is similar to the highest expected rate of page data delivery over a broadband network
Even under abnormal circumstances, such as when the pnnter runs out of paper, it is likely that the user will be able to replenish the paper supply before the pnnter' s 100-page mtemal storage capacity is exhausted
However, if the pnnter' s mtemal memory does fill up, then the pnnter will be unable to make use of a multicast when it first occurs The netpage publication server therefore allows pnnters to submit requests for re- multicasts When a cntical number of requests is received or a timeout occurs, the server re-multicasts the conespondmg shared objects
Once a document is pnnted, a pnnter can produce an exact duplicate at any time by retneving its page layouts and contents from the relevant page server 2.7 ON-DEMAND DOCUMENTS When a netpage document is requested on demand, it can be personalized and delivered in much the same way as a penodical However, smce there is no shared content, delivery is made duectly to the requestmg pnnter without the use of multicast
When a non-netpage document is requested on demand, it is not personalized, and it is delivered via a designated netpage formatting server which reformats it as a netpage document A netpage formatting server is a special mstance of a netpage publication server The netpage formatting server has knowledge ot vanous Internet document formats, mcludmg Adobe's Portable Document Format (PDF), and Hypertext Markup Language (HTML) In the case of HTML, it can make use of the higher resolution of the pnnted page to present Web pages m a multi-column format, with a table of contents It can automatically mclude all Web pages directly linked to the requested page The user can tune this behavior via a preference The netpage formatting server makes standard netpage behavior, mcludmg interactivity and persistence, available on any Internet document, no matter what its ongin and format It hides knowledge of different document formats from both the netpage pnnter and the netpage page server, and hides knowledge of the netpage system from Web servers 3 SECURITY 3.1 CRYPTOGRAPHY
Cryptography is used to protect sensitive mformation, both m storage and m transit, and to authenticate parties to a transaction There are two classes of cryptography in widespread use secret-key cryptography and public-key cryptography The netpage network uses both classes of cryptography
Secret-key cryptography, also refened to as symmetnc cryptography, uses the same kev to encrypt and decrypt a message Two parties wishing to exchange messages must first anange to securely exchange the secret key
Public-key cryptography, also refened to as asymmetnc cryptography, uses two encryption keys The two keys are mathematically related m such a way that any message encrypted usmg one key can only be decrypted usmg the other key One of these keys is then published, while the other is kept pnvate The public key is used to encrypt any message mtended for the holder of the pnvate key Once encrypted usmg the public key, a message can only be decrypted usmg the pnvate key Thus two parties can securely exchange messages without first havmg to exchange a secret key To ensure that the pnvate key is secure, it is normal for the holder of the pnvate key to generate the key pair Public-key cryptography can be used to create a digital signature The holder of the pnvate key can create a known hash of a message and then encrypt the hash usmg the pnvate key Anyone can then venfy that the encrypted hash constitutes the "signature" of the holder of the pnvate key with respect to that particular message by decrypting the encrypted hash usmg the public key and venfying the hash against the message If the signature is appended to the message, then the recipient of the message can venfy both that the message is genume and that it has not been altered m transit
To make public-key cryptography work, there has to be a way to distπbute public keys which prevents impersonation This is normally done usmg certificates and certificate authonties A certificate authonty is a trusted third party which authenticates the connection between a public key and someone's identity The certificate authonty venfies the person's identity by examining identity documents, and then creates and signs a digital certificate contammg the person's identity details and public key Anyone who trusts the certificate authonty can use the public key m the certificate with a high degree of certainty that it is genume They just have to venfy that the certificate has mdeed been signed by the certificate authonty, whose public key is well-known
In most transaction environments, public-key cryptography is only used to create digital signatures and to securely exchange secret session keys Secret-key cryptography is used for all other purposes In the following discussion, when reference is made to the secure transmission of information between a netpage pnnter and a server, what actually happens is that the pnnter obtains the server's certificate, authenticates it with reference to the certificate authonty, uses the public key-exchange key m the certificate to exchange a secret session key with the server, and then uses the secret session key to encrypt the message data A session key, by definition, can have an arbitranly short lifetime 3.2 NETPAGE PRINTER SECURITY
Each netpage pnnter is assigned a pair of unique identifiers at time of manufacture which are stored m read-only memory m the pnnter and m the netpage registration server database The first ID 62 is public and uniquely identifies the pnnter on the netpage network The second ID is secret and is used when the pnnter is first registered on the network When the pnnter connects to the netpage network for the first time after installation, it creates a signature pubhc/pnvate key pair It transmits the secret ID and the public key securely to the netpage registration server The server compares the secret ID against the pnnter' s secret ID recorded m its database, and accepts the registration if the IDs match It then creates and signs a certificate contammg the pnnter' s public ID and public signature key, and stores the certificate m the registration database The netpage registration server acts as a certificate authonty for netpage pnnters, smce it has access to secret information allowmg it to venfy pnnter identity
When a user subscnbes to a publication, a record is created m the netpage registration server database authonzmg the publisher to pnnt the publication to the user's default pnnter or a specified pnnter Every document sent to a pnnter via a page server is addressed to a particular user and is signed by the publisher usmg the publisher's pnvate signature key The page server venfies, via the registration database, that the publisher is authorized to deliver the publication to the specified user The page server venfies the signature usmg the publisher's public key, obtamed from the publisher's certificate stored m the registration database The netpage registration server accepts requests to add pnnting authorizations to the database, so long as those requests are initiated via a pen registered to the pnnter
3.3 NETPAGE PEN SECURITY
Each netpage pen is assigned a unique identifier at time of manufacture which is stored m read-only memory m the pen and m the netpage registration server database The pen ID 61 umquely identifies the pen on the netpage network
A netpage pen can "know" a number of netpage pnnters, and a prmter can "know" a number of pens A pen commumcates with a pnnter via a radio frequency signal whenever it is within range of the pnnter Once a pen and pnnter are registered, they regularly exchange session keys Whenever the pen fransmits digital ink to the pnnter, the digital mk is always encrypted usmg the appropnate session key Digital ink is never transmitted m the clear
A pen stores a session key for every pnnter it knows, mdexed by pnnter ID, and a pnnter stores a session key for every pen it knows, indexed by pen ID Both have a large but finite storage capacity for session keys, and will forget a session key on a least-recently-used basis if necessary
When a pen comes within range of a pnnter, the pen and pnnter discover whether they know each other If they don't know each other, then the pnnter determines whether it is supposed to know the pen This might be, for example, because the pen belongs to a user who is registered to use the pnnter If the pnnter is meant to know the pen but doesn't, then it initiates the automatic pen regisfration procedure If the pnnter isn't meant to know the pen, then it agrees with the pen to ignore it until the pen is placed m a charging cup, at which time it initiates the registration procedure In addition to its public ID, the pen contams a secret key-exchange key The key-exchange key is also recorded m the netpage registration server database at time of manufacture Dunng registration, the pen transmits its pen ID to the pnnter, and the pnnter transmits the pen ID to the netpage registration server The server generates a session key for the pnnter and pen to use, and securely transmits the session key to the pnnter It also transmits a copy of the session key encrypted with the pen's key-exchange key The pnnter stores the session key internally, indexed by the pen ID, and transmits the encrypted session key to the pen The pen stores the session key internally, mdexed by the pnnter ID
Although a fake pen can impersonate a pen m the pen registration protocol, only a real pen can decrypt the session key transmitted by the pnnter
When a previously unregistered pen is first registered, it is of limited use until it is linked to a user A registered but "un-owned" pen is only allowed to be used to request and fill in netpage user and pen registration forms, to register a new user to which the new pen is automatically linked, or to add a new pen to an existing user
The pen uses secret-key rather than public-key encryption because of hardware performance constraints m the pen
3.4 SECURE DOCUMENTS The netpage system supports the delivery of secure documents such as tickets and coupons The netpage pnnter mcludes a facility to pnnt watermarks, but will only do so on request from publishers who are suitably authorized The publisher mdicates its authonty to pnnt watermarks m its certificate, which the pnnter is able to authenticate
The "watermark" prmtmg process uses an alternative dither matrix m specified "watermark" regions of the page Back-to-back pages contam minor-image watermark regions which coincide when pnnted The dither matnces used m odd and even pages' watermark regions are designed to produce an interference effect when the regions are viewed together, achieved by looking through the pnnted sheet The effect is similar to a watermark m that it is not visible when looking at only one side of the page, and is lost when the page is copied by normal means
Pages of secure documents cannot be copied usmg the built-in netpage copy mechanism descnbed m Section 1 9 above This extends to copying netpages on netpage-aware photocopiers Secure documents are typically generated as part of e-commerce transactions They can therefore mclude the user's photograph which was captured when the user registered biometnc information with the netpage regisfration server, as descnbed m Section 2
When presented with a secure netpage document, the recipient can venfy its authenticity by requestmg its status m the usual way The unique ID of a secure document is only valid for the lifetime of the document, and secure document IDs are allocated non-contiguously to prevent their prediction by opportumstic forgers A secure document venfication pen can be developed with bmlt-m feedback on venfication failure, to support easy pomt-of-presentation document venfication
Clearly neither the watermark nor the user's photograph are secure in a cryptographic sense They simply provide a significant obstacle to casual forgery Online document venfication, particularly usmg a venfication pen, provides an added level of secunty where it is needed, but is still not entirely immune to forgenes
3.5 NON-REPUDIATION
In the netpage system, forms submitted by users are delivered reliably to forms handlers and are persistently archived on netpage page servers It is therefore impossible for recipients to repudiate delivery
E-commerce payments made through the system, as descnbed m Section 4, are also impossible for the payee to repudiate
4 ELECTRONIC COMMERCE MODEL
4.1 SECURE ELECTRONIC TRANSACTION (SET)
The netpage system uses the Secure Electronic Transaction (SET) system as one of its payment systems SET, havmg been developed by MasterCard and Visa, is organized around payment cards, and this is reflected m the terminology However, much of the system is mdependent of the type of accounts bemg used
In SET, cardholders and merchants register with a certificate authonty and are issued with certificates contammg their public signature keys The certificate authonty venfies a cardholder's registration details with the card issuer as appropnate, and venfies a merchant's registration details with the acquirer as appropnate Cardholders and merchants store their respective pnvate signature keys securely on their computers Dunng the payment process, these certificates are used to mutually authenticate a merchant and cardholder, and to authenticate them both to the payment gateway
SET has not yet been adopted widely, partly because cardholder maintenance of keys and certificates is considered burdensome Interim solutions which mamtam cardholder keys and certificates on a server and give the cardholder access via a password have met with some success 4.2 SET PAYMENTS
In the netpage system the netpage registration server acts as a proxy for the netpage user (I e the cardholder) m SET payment transactions
The netpage system uses biometncs to authenticate the user and authorize SET payments Because the system is pen-based, the biometnc used is the user s on-lme signature, consisting of time-varying pen position and pressure A fingerprint biometnc can also be used by designing a fingerprint sensor mto the pen, although at a higher cost The type of biometnc used only affects the capture of the biometnc, not the authorization aspects of the system
The first step to bemg able to make SET payments is to register the user's biometnc with the netpage regisfration server This is done m a controlled environment, for example a bank, where the biometnc can be captured at the same tune as the user's identity is venfied The biometnc is captured and stored m the registration database, Imked to the user's record The user's photograph is also optionally captured and Imked to the record The SET cardholder registration process is completed, and the resulting pnvate signature key and certificate are stored m the database The user's payment card information is also stored, givmg the netpage regisfration server enough mformation to act as the user's proxy m any SET payment transaction
When the user eventually supplies the biometnc to complete a payment, for example by signing a netpage order form, the pnnter securely fransmits the order information, the pen ED and the biometnc data to the netpage registration server The server venfies the biometnc with respect to the user identified by the pen ID, and from then on acts as the user's proxy m completing the SET payment transaction
4.3 MICRO-PAYMENTS
The netpage system mcludes a mechanism for micro-payments, to allow the user to be convemently charged for pnnting low-cost documents on demand and for copying copynght documents, and possibly also to allow the user to be reimbursed for expenses incurred m prmtmg advertising matenal The latter depends on the level of subsidy already provided to the user
When the user registers for e-commerce, a network account is established which aggregates micro- payments The user receives a statement on a regular basis, and can settle any outstanding debit balance usmg the standard payment mechanism
The network account can be extended to aggregate subscnption fees for penodicals, which would also otherwise be presented to the user m the form of mdividual statements
4.4 TRANSACTIONS
When a user requests a netpage in a particular application context, the application is able to embed a user- specific transaction ID 55 in the page Subsequent mput through the page is tagged with the transaction ID, and the application is thereby able to establish an appropnate context for the user's mput When mput occurs through a page which is not user-specific, however, the application must use the user's unique identity to establish a context A typical example mvolves add g items from a pie-prmted catalog page to the user's virtual "shopping cart" To protect the user's pnvacy, however, the unique user ID 60 known to the netpage system is not divulged to applications This is to prevent different application providers from easily conelating mdependently accumulated behavioral data The netpage registration server mstead maintains an anonymous relationship between a user and an application via a unique alias ID 65, as shown m Figure 24 Whenever the user activates a hyperlink tagged with the "registered" attnbute, the netpage page server asks the netpage regisfration server to translate the associated application ID 64, together with the pen ID 61 , mto an alias ID 65 The alias ID is then submitted to the hyperlink' s application
The application maintains state mformation mdexed by alias ID, and is able to retneve user-specific state information without knowledge of the global identity of the user
The system also maintains an mdependent certificate and pnvate signature key for each of a user's applications, to allow it to sign application transactions on behalf of the user usmg only application-specific mformation
To assist the system m routing product bar code (UPC) "hyperlink" activations, the system records a favonte application on behalf of the user for any number of product types Each application is associated with an application provider, and the system maintains an account on behalf of each application provider, to allow it to credit and debit the provider for click-through fees etc
An application provider can be a publisher of penodical subscnbed content The system records the user's willmgness to receive the subscnbed publication, as well as the expected frequency of publication 4.5 RESOURCE DESCRIPTIONS AND COPYRIGHT
A prefened embodiment of a resource descnption class diagram is shown m Figure 40 Each document and content object may be descnbed by one or more resource descnpttons 842 Resource descnptions use the Dublm Core metadata element set, which is designed to facilitate discovery of electronic resources
Dublin Core metadata conforms to the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) Resource Descnption Framework (RDF)
A resource descnption may identify nghts holders 920 The netpage system automatically transfers copynght fees from users to nghts holders when users pnnt copynght content 5 COMMUNICATIONS PROTOCOLS A communications protocol defines an ordered exchange of messages between entities In the netpage system, entities such as pens, pnnters and servers utilise a set of defined protocols to cooperatively handle user interaction with the netpage system
Each protocol is illustrated by way of a sequence diagram in which the honzontal dimension is used to represent message flow and the vertical dimension is used to represent time Each entity is represented by a rectangle contammg the name of the entity and a vertical column representing the lifelme of the entity Dunng the time an entity exists, the lifelme is shown as a dashed lme Dunng the time an entity is active, the lifelme is shown as a double lme Because the protocols considered here do not create or destroy entities, lifelines are generally cut short as soon as an entity ceases to participate in a protocol 5.1 SUBSCRIPTION DELIVERY PROTOCOL A prefened embodiment of a subscnption delivery protocol is shown m Figure 43
A large number of users may subscnbe to a penodical publication Each user's edition may be laid out differently, but many users' editions will share common content such as text objects and unage objects The subscnption delivery protocol therefore delivers document structures to mdividual pnnters via pomtcast, but delivers shared content objects via multicast The application (l e publisher) first obtains a document ID 51 for each document from an ID server 12 It then sends each document structure, mcludmg its document ID and page descnptions, to the page server 10 responsible for the document's newly allocated ID It includes its own application ID 64, the subscnber's alias ID 65, and the relevant set of multicast channel names It signs the message usmg its pnvate signature key
The page server uses the application ID and alias ID to obtain from the registration server the conespondmg user ID 60, the user's selected pnnter ID 62 (which may be explicitly selected for the application, or may be the user's default pnnter), and the application's certificate
The application's certificate allows the page server to venfy the message signature The page server's request to the registration server fails if the application ID and alias ID don't together identify a subscnption 808
The page server then allocates document and page mstance IDs and forwards the page descnptions, mcludmg page IDs 50, to the pnnter It mcludes the relevant set of multicast channel names for the pnnter to listen to
It then returns the newly allocated page IDs to the application for future reference
Once the application has distnbuted all of the document structures to the subscnbers' selected pnnters via the relevant page servers, it multicasts the vanous subsets of the shared objects on the previously selected multicast channels Both page servers and pnnters momtor the appropnate multicast channels and receive then required content objects They are then able to populate the previously pomtcast document structures This allows the page servers to add complete documents to their databases, and it allows the pnnters to pnnt the documents 5.2 HYPERLINK ACTIVATION PROTOCOL
A prefened embodiment of a hyperlmk activation protocol is shown in Figure 45
When a user clicks on a netpage with a netpage pen, the pen commumcates the click to the nearest netpage pnnter 601 The click identifies the page and a location on the page The pnnter already knows the ID 61 of the pen from the pen connection protocol
The pnnter determines, via the DNS, the network address of the page server 10a handling the particular page ID 50 The address may already be m its cache if the user has recently mteracted with the same page The pnnter then forwards the pen ID, its own pnnter ID 62, the page ID and click location to the page server
The page server loads the page descnption 5 identified by the page ID and determines which mput element's zone 58, if any, the click lies m Assummg the relevant mput element is a hyperlink element 844, the page server then obtains the associated application ID 64 and link ID 54, and determines, via the DNS, the network address of the application server hosting the application 71
The page server uses the pen ID 61 to obtain the conespondmg user ID 60 from the registration server 11 , and then allocates a globally umque hyperlink request ID 52 and builds a hyperlmk request 934 The hyperlink request class diagram is shown m Figure 44 The hyperlink request records the IDs of the requesting user and pnnter, and identifies the clicked hyperlink mstance 862 The page server then sends its own server ID 53, the hyperlmk request ID, and the link ID to the application
The application produces a response document according to application-specific logic, and obtains a document ID 51 from an ID server 12 It then sends the document to the page server 10b responsible for the document's newly allocated ID, together with the requesting page server's ED and the hyperlink request ID
The second page server sends the hyperlmk request ID and application ID to the first page server to obtain the conespondmg user ID and pnnter ID 62 The first page server rejects the request if the hyperlink request has expired or is for a different application
The second page server allocates document mstance and page IDs 50, returns the newlv allocated page IDs to the application, adds the complete document to its own database, and finally sends the page descnptions to the requesting pnnter
The hyperlink instance may mclude a meaningful transaction ID 55, m which case the first page server mcludes the transaction ID m the message sent to the application This allows the application to establish a transaction- specific context for the hyperlink activation If the hyperlink requires a user alias, l e its "alias required" attnbute is set, then the first page server sends both the pen ID 61 and the hyperlink's application ID 64 to the registration server 11 to obtain not just the user ID conespondmg to the pen ID but also the alias ID 65 conespondmg to the application ID and the user ID It mcludes the alias ID m the message sent to the application, allowmg the application to establish a user-specific context for the hyperlink activation 5.3 HANDWRITING RECOGNITION PROTOCOL
When a user draws a stroke on a netpage with a netpage pen, the pen commumcates the stroke to the nearest netpage pnnter The stroke identifies the page and a path on the page
The pnnter forwards the pen ID 61, its own pnnter ID 62, the page ID 50 and stroke path to the page server 10 m the usual way The page server loads the page descnption 5 identified by the page ID and determines which mput element's zone 58, if any, the stroke intersects Assummg the relevant input element is a text field 878, the page server appends the sfroke to the text field's digital mk After a penod of inactivity m the zone of the text field, the page server sends the pen ID and the pending sfrokes to the registration server 11 for interpretation The registration server identifies the user conespondmg to the pen, and uses the user's accumulated handwnting model 822 to mterpret the strokes as handwntten text Once it has converted the sfrokes to text, the registration server retums the text to the requesting page server The page server appends the text to the text value of the text field
5.4 SIGNATURE VERIFICATION PROTOCOL
Assummg the mput element whose zone the sfroke intersects is a signature field 880, the page server 10 appends the stroke to the signature field's digital ink
After a penod of inactivity m the zone of the signature field, the page server sends the pen ID 61 and the pending strokes to the regisfration server 11 for venfication It also sends the application ID 64 associated with the form of which the signature field is part, as well as the form ID 56 and the cunent data content of the form The regisfration server identifies the user conespondmg to the pen, and uses the user's dynamic signature biometnc 818 to venfy the strokes as the user's signature Once it has venfied the signature, the registration server uses the application ID 64 and user ID 60 to identify the user's application-specific pnvate signature key It then uses the key to generate a digital signature of the form data, and retums the digital signature to the requestmg page server The page server assigns the digital signature to the signature field and sets the associated form's status to frozen
The digital signature includes the alias ID 65 of the conespondmg user This allows a smgle lo m to capture multiple users' signatures
5.5 FORM SUBMISSION PROTOCOL A prefened embodiment of a form submission protocol is shown m Figure 46
Form submission occurs via a form hyperlmk activation It thus follows the protocol defined m Section 5 2, with some form-specific additions
In the case of a form hyperlink, the hyperlmk activation message sent by the page server 10 to the application 71 also contams the form ID 56 and the cunent data content of the form If the form contams any signature fields, then the application venfies each one by extracting the alias ID 65 associated with the conespondmg digital signature and obtaining the conespondmg certificate from the registration server 11
5.6 COMMISSION PAYMENT PROTOCOL
A prefened embodiment of a commission payment protocol is shown m Figure 47
In an e-commerce environment, fees and commissions may be payable from an application provider to a publisher on click-throughs, transactions and sales Commissions on fees and commissions on commissions may also be payable from the publisher to the provider of the pnnter
The hyperlink request ID 52 is used to route a fee or commission credit from the target application provider 70a (e g merchant) to the source application provider 70b (I e publisher), and from the source application provider 70b to the pnnter provider 72 The target application receives the hyperlink request ID from the page server 10 when the hyperlink is first activated, as descnbed m Section 5 2 When the target application needs to credit the source application provider, it sends the application provider credit to the ongmal page server together with the hyperlink request ID The page server uses the hyperlink request ID to identify the source application, and sends the credit on to the relevant regisfration server 11 together with the source application ID 64, its own server ID 53, and the hyperlink request ID The regisfration server credits the conespondmg application provider's account 827 It also notifies the application provider
If the application provider needs to credit the pnnter provider, it sends the pnnter provider credit to the ongmal page server together with the hyperlink request ID The page server uses the hyperlink request ID to identify the pnnter, and sends the credit on to the relevant registration server together with the pnnter ID The regisfration server credits the conespondmg pnnter provider account 814
The source application provider is optionally notified of the identify of the target application provider, and the pnnter provider of the identity of the source application provider 6. NETPAGE PEN DESCRIPTION
6.1 PEN MECHANICS
Referring to Figures 8 and 9, the pen, generally designated by reference numeral 101, mcludes a housmg 102 m the form of a plastics moulding havmg walls 103 defining an mtenor space 104 for mounting the pen components The pen top 105 is m operation rotatably mounted at one end 106 of the housmg 102 A semi-transparent cover 107 is secured to the opposite end 108 of the housing 102 The cover 107 is also of moulded plastics, and is formed from semi-transparent matenal in order to enable the user to view the status of the LED mounted within the housmg 102 The cover 107 mcludes a mam part 109 which substantially sunounds the end 108 of the housing 102 and a projecting portion 110 which projects back from the main part 109 and fits within a conespondmg slot 111 formed m the walls 103 of the housmg 102 A radio antenna 112 is mounted behmd the projectmg portion 110, within the housing 102 Screw threads 113 sunounding an aperture 113A on the cover 107 are arranged to receive a metal end piece 114, mcludmg conespondmg screw threads 115 The metal end piece 114 is removable to enable mk cartndge replacement
Also mounted within the cover 107 is a tn-color status LED 116 on a flex PCB 117 The antenna 112 is also mounted on the flex PCB 117 The status LED 116 is mounted at the top of the pen 101 for good all-around visibility
The pen can operate both as a normal markmg ink pen and as a non-marking stylus An ink pen cartndge 118 with nib 119 and a stylus 120 with stylus mb 121 are mounted side by side within the housmg 102 Either the ink cartndge mb 119 or the stylus mb 121 can be brought forward through open end 122 of the metal end piece 114, by rotation of the pen top 105 Respective slider blocks 123 and 124 are mounted to the ink cartndge 118 and stylus 120, respectively A rotatable cam banel 125 is secured to the pen top 105 m operation and ananged to rotate therewith The cam barrel 125 includes a cam 126 in the form of a slot within the walls 181 of the cam banel Cam followers 127 and 128 projectmg from slider blocks 123 and 124 fit withm the cam slot 126 On rotation of tb cam barrel 125, the slider blocks 123 or 124 move relative to each other to project either the pen nib 119 or stylu. ib 121 out through the hole 122 m the metal end piece 114 The pen 101 has three states of operation By turning the top 105 through 90° steps, the three states are
Stylus 120 mb 121 out, • Ink cartndge 118 mb 119 out, and
• Neither ink cartndge 118 mb 119 out nor stylus 120 mb 121 out
A second flex PCB 129, is mounted on an electronics chassis 130 which sits within the housmg 102 The second flex PCB 129 mounts an infrared LED 131 for providmg infrared radiation for projection onto the surface An unage sensor 132 is provided mounted on the second flex PCB 129 for receivmg reflected radiation from the surface The second flex PCB 129 also mounts a radio frequency chip 133, which mcludes an RF transmitter and RF receiver, and a controller chip 134 for controlling operation of the pen 101 An optics block 135 (formed from moulded clear plastics) sits within the cover 107 and projects an infrared beam onto the surface and receives unages onto the image sensor 132 Power supply wires 136 connect the components on the second flex PCB 129 to battery contacts 137 which are mounted within the cam banel 125 A terminal 138 connects to the battery contacts 137 and the cam banel 125 A three volt rechargeable battery 139 sits within the cam banel 125 m contact with the battery contacts An mduction charging coil 140 is mounted about the second flex PCB 129 to enable recharging of the battery 139 via mduction The second flex PCB 129 also mounts an infrared LED 143 and infrared photodiode 144 for detecting displacement m the cam banel 125 when either the stylus 120 or the ink cartndge 118 is used for wnting, m order to enable a determination of the force bemg applied to the surface by the pen mb 119 or stylus mb 121 The IR photodiode 144 detects light from the IR LED 143 via reflectors (not shown) mounted on the slider blocks 123 and 124
Rubber gnp pads 141 and 142 are provided towards the end 108 of the housmg 102 to assist gnpping the pen 101, and top 105 also mcludes a clip 142 for clipping the pen 101 to a pocket
6.2 PEN CONTROLLER
The pen 101 is ananged to determme the position of its mb (stylus b 121 or ink cartndge mb 119) by imaging, m the infrared spectrum, an area of the surface in the vicinity of the b It records the location data from the nearest location tag, and is ananged to calculate the distance of the mb 121 or 119 from the location tab utilismg optics 135 and controller chip 134 The controller chip 134 calculates the onentation of the pen and the nib-to-tag distance from the perspective distortion observed on the imaged tag
Utilising the RF chip 133 and antenna 112 the pen 101 can transmit the digital ink data (which is encrypted for secunty and packaged for efficient transmission) to the computing system
When the pen is m range of a receiver, the digital ink data is transmitted as it is formed When the pen 101 moves out of range, digital ink data is buffered within the pen 101 (the pen 101 circuitry mcludes a buffer ananged to store digital mk data for approximately 12 minutes of the pen motion on the surface) and can be transmitted later
The controller chip 134 is mounted on the second flex PCB 129 m the pen 101 Figure 10 is a block diagram illustrating m more detail the architecture of the confroller chip 134 Figure 10 also shows representations of the RF chip 133, the image sensor 132, the tn-color status LED 116, the IR illumination LED 131, the IR force sensor LED 143, and the force sensor photodiode 144
The pen controller chip 134 mcludes a controlling processor 145 Bus 146 enables the exchange of data between components of the controller chip 134 Flash memory 147 and a 512 KB DRAM 148 are also mcluded An analog-to-digital converter 149 is arranged to convert the analog signal from the force sensor photodiode 144 to a digital signal An image sensor interface 152 mterfaces with the image sensor 132 A transceiver controller 153 and base band cucuit 154 are also mcluded to mterface with the RF chip 133 which mcludes an RF circuit 155 and RF resonators and mductors 156 connected to the antenna 112
The controlling processor 145 captures and decodes location data from tags from the surface via the image sensor 132, momtors the force sensor photodiode 144, controls the LEDs 116, 131 and 143, and handles short-range radio communication via the radio transceiver 153 It is a medium-performance (~ 0MHz) general-purpose RISC processor
The processor 145, digital transceiver components (transceiver controller 153 and baseband circuit 154), image sensor mterface 152, flash memory 147 and 512KB DRAM 148 are mtegrated m a smgle confroller ASIC Analog RF components (RF circuit 155 and RF resonators and mductors 156) are provided m the separate RF chip The image sensor is a 215x215 pixel CCD (such a sensor is produced by Matsushita Electronic Corporation, and is descnbed in a paper by Itakura, K T Nobusada, N Okusenya, R Nagayoshi, and M Ozaki, "A 1mm 50k-Pιxel IT CCD Image Sensor for Miniature Camera System", IEEE Transactions on Electronic Devices, Volt 47, number 1, January 2000, which is incorporated herem by reference) with an IR filter
The controller ASIC 134 enters a quiescent state after a penod of inactivity when the pen 101 is not in contact with a surface It mcorporates a dedicated circuit 150 which monitors the force sensor photodiode 144 and wakes up the controller 134 via the power manager 151 on a pen-down event
The radio transceiver communicates m the unlicensed 900MHz band normally used by cordless telephones, or altematively m the unlicensed 2 4GHz industtial, scientific and medical (ISM) band, and uses frequency hoppmg and collision detection to provide interference-free communication
In an alternative embodiment the pen mcorporates an Infrared Data Association (frDA) interface for short- range communication with a base station or netpage pnnter In a further embodiment, the pen 101 mcludes a pair of orthogonal accelerometers mounted m the normal plane of the pen 101 axis The accelerometers 190 are shown m Figures 9 and 10 m ghost outline
The provision of the accelerometers enables this embodiment of the pen 101 to sense motion without reference to surface location tags, allowmg the location tags to be sampled at a lower rate Each location tag ID can then identify an object of mterest rather than a position on the surface For example, if the object is a user mterface mput element (e g a command button), then the tag ID of each location tag within the area of the mput element can directly identify the mput element
The acceleration measured by the accelerometers m each of the x and y directions is mtegrated with respect to time to produce an instantaneous velocity and position
Smce the starting position of the sfroke is not known, only relative positions within a stroke are calculated Although position integration accumulates enors m the sensed acceleration, accelerometers typically have high resolution, and the time duration of a stroke, over which enors accumulate, is short 7. NETPAGE PRINTER DESCRIPTION
7.1 PRINTER MECHANICS
The vertically-mounted netpage wallprmter 601 is shown fully assembled m Figure 11 It prints netpages on Letter/A4 sized media usmg duplexed 8' " Memjet™ pnnt engmes 602 and 603, as shown in Figures 12 and 12a It uses a straight paper path with the paper 604 passmg through the duplexed pnnt engmes 602 and 603 which pnnt both sides of a sheet simultaneously, m full color and with full bleed
An integral binding assembly 605 applies a stnp of glue along one edge of each pnnted sheet, allowmg it to adhere to the previous sheet when pressed agamst it This creates a final bound document 618 which can range m thickness from one sheet to several hundred sheets
The replaceable mk cartndge 627, shown m Figure 13 coupled with the duplexed pnnt engines, has bladders or chambers for stonng fixative, adhesive, and cyan, magenta, yellow, black and infrared inks The cartndge also contains a micro air filter m a base moldmg The micro air filter interfaces with an an pump 638 mside the pnnter via a hose 639 This provides filtered air to the pnntheads to prevent ingress of micro particles mto the Memjet™ pπntheads 350 which might otherwise clog the pnnthead nozzles By incorporating the air filter within the cartndge, the operational life of the filter is effectively linked to the life of the cartndge The ink cartndge is a fully recyclable product with a capacity for pnnting and gluing 3000 pages (1500 sheets)
Referring to Figure 12, the motorized media pick-up roller assembly 626 pushes the top sheet directly from the media tray past a paper sensor on the first pnnt engme 602 mto the duplexed Memjet™ pnnthead assembly The two Memjet™ pnnt engmes 602 and 603 are mounted m an opposmg m-lme sequential configuration along the straight paper path The paper 604 is drawn mto the first pnnt engine 602 by integral, powered pick-up rollers 626 The position and size of the paper 604 is sensed and full bleed pnnting commences Fixative is pnnted simultaneously to aid drying m the shortest possible tune
The paper exits the first Memjet™ pnnt engme 602 through a set of powered exit spike wheels (aligned along the straight paper path), which act against a rubberized roller These spike wheels contact the 'wet' pnnted surface and contmue to feed the sheet 604 mto the second Memjet™ pnnt engine 603
Refeπ ng to Figures 12 and 12a, the paper 604 passes from the duplexed pnnt engmes 602 and 603 mto the bmder assembly 605 The pnnted page passes between a powered spike wheel axle 670 with a fibrous support roller and another movable axle with spike wheels and a momentary action glue wheel The movable axle/glue assembly 673 is mounted to a metal support bracket and it is transported forward to mterface with the powered axle 670 via gears by action of a camshaft A separate motor powers this camshaft The glue wheel assembly 673 consists of a partially hollow axle 679 with a rotating couplmg for the glue supply hose 641 from the ink cartndge 627 This axle 679 connects to a glue wheel, which absorbs adhesive by capillary action through radial holes A molded housmg 682 sunounds the glue wheel, with an opening at the front Pivoting side moldings and sprung outer doors are attached to the metal bracket and lunge out sideways when the rest of the assembly 673 is thrust forward This action exposes the glue wheel through the front of the molded housmg 682 Tension springs close the assembly and effectively cap the glue wheel dunng penods of inactivity
As the sheet 604 passes mto the glue wheel assembly 673, adhesive is applied to one vertical edge on the front side (apart from the first sheet of a document) as it is transported down into the binding assembly 605 7.2 PRINTER CONTROLLER ARCHITECTURE
The netpage pnnter confroller consists of a controlling processor 750, a factory-installed or field-installed network interface module 625, a radio transceiver (transceiver confroller 753, baseband cucuit 754, RF circuit 755, and
RF resonators and mductors 756), dual raster image processor (RIP) DSPs 757, duplexed pnnt engme controllers 760a and 760b, flash memory 658, and 64MB of DRAM 657, as illustrated m Figure 14
The controlling processor handles communication with the network 19 and with local wireless netpage pens 101, senses the help button 617, controls the user mterface LEDs 613-616, and feeds and synchronizes the RJP DSPs 757 and pnnt engme controllers 760 It consists of a medium-performance general-purpose microprocessor The controlling processor 750 commumcates with the pnnt engme controllers 760 via a high-speed senal bus 659
The RJP DSPs rastenze and compress page descnptions to the netpage pnnter' s compressed page format Each pnnt engine controller expands, dithers and prints page images to its associated Memjet™ pnnthead 350 m real time (l e at over 30 pages per minute) The duplexed pnnt engme controllers pnnt both sides of a sheet simultaneously The master pnnt engme controller 760a controls the paper transport and momtors ink usage m conjunction with the master QA chip 665 and the ink cartndge QA chip 761
The pnnter controller's flash memory 658 holds the software for both the processor 750 and the DSPs 757, as well as configuration data This is copied to main memory 657 at boot time
The processor 750, DSPs 757, and digital transceiver components (transceiver confroller 753 and baseband circuit 754) are mtegrated in a smgle controller ASIC 656 Analog RF components (RF circuit 755 and RF resonators and mductors 756) are provided in a separate RF chip 762 The network mterface module 625 is separate, smce netpage pnnters allow the network connection to be factory-selected or field-selected Flash memory 658 and the 2x256Mbit
(64MB) DRAM 657 is also off-chip The pnnt engme controllers 760 are provided m separate ASICs
A vanety of network mterface modules 625 are provided, each providing a netpage network mterface 751 and optionally a local computer or network mterface 752 Netpage network Internet interfaces mclude POTS modems,
Hybnd Fiber-Coax (HFC) cable modems, ISDN modems, DSL modems, satellite transceivers, cunent and next- generation cellular telephone transceivers, and wireless local loop (WLL) transceivers Local interfaces mclude IEEE 1284 (parallel port), lOBase-T and 100Base-T Ethernet, USB and USB 2 0, IEEE 1394 (Firewire), and vanous emergmg home networking interfaces If an Internet connection is available on the local network, then the local network mterface can be used as the netpage network mterface
The radio transceiver 753 commumcates in the unlicensed 900MHz band normally used by cordless telephones, or alternatively m the unlicensed 2 4GHz lndustnal, scientific and medical (ISM) band, and uses frequency hoppmg and collision detection to provide interference-free communication
The pnnter confroller optionally mcorporates an Infrared Data Association (IrDA) mterface for receivmg data "squirted" from devices such as netpage cameras In an alternative embodiment, the pnnter uses the frDA mterface for short-range communication with suitably configured netpage pens 7.2.1 RASTERIZATION AND PRINTING
Once the mam processor 750 has received and venfied the document's page layouts and page objects, it runs the appropnate RTP software on the DSPs 757
The DSPs 757 rastenze each page descnption and compress the rastenzed page image The mam processor stores each compressed page image m memory The simplest way to load-balance multiple DSPs is to let each DSP rastenze a separate page The DSPs can always be kept busy smce an arbitrary number of rastenzed pages can, m general, be stored m memory This strategy only leads to potentially poor DSP utilization when rastenzmg short documents
Watermark regions m the page descnption are rastenzed to a contone-resolution bi-level bitmap which is losslessly compressed to negligible size and which forms part of the compressed page unage The infrared (IR) layer of the pnnted page contams coded netpage tags at a densify of about six per mch
Each tag encodes the page ID, tag ID, and control bits, and the data content of each tag is generated dunng rasterization and stored m the compressed page image
The mam processor 750 passes back-to-back page images to the duplexed pnnt engme controllers 760 Each pnnt engine confroller 760 stores the compressed page image m its local memory, and starts the page expansion and pnnting pipelme Page expansion and printing is pipelined because it is unpractical to store an entire 114MB bi-level
CMYK+IR page unage m memory 7.2.2 PRINT ENGINE CONTROLLER
The page expansion and prmtmg pipelme of the pnnt engme controller 760 consists of a high speed IEEE 1394 senal interface 659, a standard JPEG decoder 763, a standard Group 4 Fax decoder 764, a custom halftoner/compositor unit 765, a custom tag encoder 766, a lme loader/formatter unit 767 and a custom mterface 768 to the Memjet™ pnnthead 350
The pnnt engme confroller 360 operates in a double buffered manner While one page is loaded mto DRAM 769 via the high speed senal mterface 659, the previously loaded page is read from DRAM 769 and passed through the pnnt engme controller pipelme Once the page has finished prmtmg, the page just loaded is pnnted while another page is loaded
The first stage of the pipelme expands (at 763) the JPEG-compressed contone CMYK layer, expands (at 764) the Group 4 Fax-compressed bi-level black layer, and renders (at 766) the bi-level netpage tag layer accordmg to the tag format defined m section 1 2, all m parallel The second stage dithers (at 765) the contone CMYK layer and composites (at 765) the bi-level black layer over the resulting bi-level CMYK layer The resultant bi-level CMYK+IR dot data is buffered and formatted (at 767) for prmtmg on the Memjet™ pnnthead 350 via a set of lme buffers Most of these lme buffers are stored in the off-chip DRAM The final stage pnnts the six channels of bi-level dot data (mcludmg fixative) to the Memjet™ pnnthead 350 via the pnnthead mterface 768
When several pnnt engme controllers 760 are used m unison, such as m a duplexed configuration, they are synchronized via a shared line sync signal 770 Only one pnnt engine 760 selected via the external master/slave pm 771, generates the lme sync signal 770 onto the shared lme
The pnnt engme confroller 760 contams a low-speed processor 772 for synchronizing the page expansion and rendermg pipelme, configurmg the pnnthead 350 via a low-speed senal bus 773, and controlling the stepper motors 675, 676
In the 8V." versions of the netpage pnnter, the two pnnt engmes each prints 30 Letter pages per minute along the long dimension of the page ( 11 "), givmg a lme rate of 8 8 kHz at 1600 dpi In the 12" versions of the netpage pnnter, the two pnnt engmes each prints 45 Letter pages per minute along the short dimension of the page (8 4"), givmg a lme rate of 10 2 kHz These lme rates are well within the operating frequency of the Memjet™ pnnthead, which in the cunent design exceeds 30 kHz 8 PURCHASING
The netpage system provides efficient mechanisms for merchants to offer goods and services to customers, and for customers to select and pay for those goods and services A customer can order directly from a catalog browsed and pnnted dynamically via netpage, as well as from a pre-pnnted catalog delivered by traditional means
The customer's dynamic signature, in combination with the customer's umquely identified pen, authenticates the purchasmg transaction m a way which is impossible to forget If the customer chooses to use the Secure Electronic Transaction (SET) payment mechanism built mto the netpage system, then the customer's payment card details are never revealed to the merchant, ensuring that card details can neither be accidentally nor maliciously compromised
The purchasmg mechanisms descnbed m this section are genenc, and apply to the purchasmg of mynad kinds of goods and services 8.1 APPLICATION DRAWING NOTATION Each application user mterface flow is illustrated as a collection of documents Imked by command arrows
A command anow mdicates that the target document is pnnted as a result of the user pressmg the conespondmg command button on the source page Some command anows are labelled with multiple commands separated by slashes (7's), indicating that any one of the specified commands causes the target document to be pnnted Although multiple commands may label the same command anow, they typically have different side-effects In application terms, it is important to distinguish between netpage documents and netpage forms
Documents contam pnnted mformation, as well as command buttons which can be pressed by the user to request further information or some other action Forms, m addition to behavmg like normal documents, also contam mput fields which can be filled m by the user They provide the system with a data mput mechanism It is also useful to distinguish between documents which contam genenc information and documents which contam mformation specific to a particular interaction between the user and an application Genenc documents may be pre-pnnted publications such as magazmes sold at news stands or advertismg posters encountered m public places Forms may also be pre-pnnted, mcludmg, for example, subscnption forms encountered m pre-pnnted publications They may, of course, also be generated on-the-fly by a netpage pnnter m response to user requests User-specific documents and forms are normally generated on the fly by a netpage pnnter m response to user requests Figure 48 shows a genenc document 990, a genenc form 991, a user- specific document 992, and a user-specific form 993
Netpages which participate m a user mterface flow are further descnbed by abstract page layouts A page layout may contain vanous lands of elements, each of which has a unique style to differentiate it from the others As shown in Figure 49, these mclude fixed information 994, vanable information 995, mput fields 996, command buttons 997, and draggable commands 998 When a user mterface flow is broken up mto multiple diagrams, any document which is duplicated is shown with dashed outlines m all but the mam diagram which defines it 8.2 PURCHASING OBJECT MODEL
The purchasmg object model revolves around merchants and customers
Each merchant 500 has a globally umque identifier, as well as a name and other details A merchant 500 is typically recorded as an application provider 803 (shown m Figure 24) on a regisfration server 11, for the purpose of click-through payments etc. Each customer 501 is related to a particular merchant 500, and has an identifier 65 which is umque within the scope of the particular merchant The customer identifier is the alias id 65 of the application user 805, allocated by a regisfration server 11 Each customer 501 represents a particular netpage user 800 to the merchant 500 A netpage user 800, on the other hand, can be the customer of any number of merchants
Each merchant offers a range of products 502 for sale, typically presented m the form of an organized catalog 503 Any netpage user can browse the merchant's catalog 503, but the user must become an explicit customer of the merchant before bemg able to complete an order with the merchant
The merchant class diagram is shown m Figure 50, while the customer class diagram is shown m Figure 51
The name and descnption of a customer denves from the details of the conespondmg netpage user Each customer has a history of payment methods 508 and shipping addresses 509 with the merchant The most recent of each is recorded and used as the default on any new order
Each customer has an account 506 with the merchant which records the net balance of all mvoices and received payments Account payments 505, l e payments not associated with a particular mvoice, are associated directly with the customer account 506 Each customer has a history of orders 507, each m a particular state of completion as reflected by its status
525 The order class diagram is shown m Figure 52
Each order 507 is umquely identified within the scope of the merchant 500
Each order has a status 525 which mdicates whether the order is pending (l e not yet submitted), active, partially or fully shipped, cancelled or completed An order is not completed until full payment is received Each order consists of a number of order items 512, each of which specifies the quantity of a particular product offered by the merchant Each order item 512 also mcludes a backorder quantity 513 and a quantity shipped 514 The backorder quantity 513 is used to register a claim on future stock when there is insufficient cunent stock to fully satisfy the order item The quantity shipped 514 is used to record the cumulative quantity actually shipped
Each order 507 is associated with a particular payment method, shipping address 509, and shippmg method 521
The most common of the many possible payment methods are shown m the payment method class diagram m Figure 53 The set of payment methods supported by a particular merchant will be specific to that merchant, and may be different for different customers of the merchant dependmg on their credit ratings etc
When the netpage account payment method 515 is used, the user's netpage account 820 is debited, and the transaction appears on the user's netpage account statement
When the customer account payment method 516 is used, the user's customer account 506 is debited, and the user is mvoiced for payment
When the pro forma invoice payment method 517 is used, a pro forma mvoice is issued requesting prepayment of the order When payment is received, the goods are shipped When the cash on delivery payment method 518 is used, payment is expected when the goods are delivered
When the SET payment card payment method 519 is used, the conespondmg SET payment card 821 linked to the user is used to make payment accordmg to the normal SET protocol When the payment card payment method 520 is used, the specified payment card is used to make payment accordmg to the normal protocol between the merchant and their acquiring bank or mstitution which handles the particular payment card type
Invoice and pro forma mvoice payments are normally made with a check or money order Cash on delivery payments are normally made with a check or cash
The set of shippmg methods 521 which applies to a particular order depends on whether the order's shippmg address 509 is domestic or mternational with respect to the location of the merchant's warehouse Typical domestic shippmg methods 522 mclude standard shippmg, second day air, and next day air Typical mternational shippmg methods 523 mclude standard shippmg, airmail, and mternational pnonty The most common shippmg methods are shown m the shippmg method class diagram m Figure 54
8.3 PURCHASING USER INTERFACE
The status of the order determines the allowable set of operations on the order While the order is pendmg, the user can browse the merchant's catalog and add items to the shoppmg cart which represents the order After the order is submitted, the user can still amend the payment method, shippmg address and shipping method until the order is fully shipped A change obviously only applies to items not yet shipped when the change is made The user can delete order items or change the quantity ordered until the items are actually shipped Quantity mcreases are subject to availability and payment approval The overall purchasmg user mterface flow is illustrated m Figure 55
8.3.1 Locate Merchant
A merchant can be located by browsmg or searching the global netpage directory or the user's own bookmarks A merchant may also be encountered m the form of an advertisement m a netpage publication 807 Both a directory entry and an advertisement typically link to the merchant's mam page 530 This m turn links to the merchant's product catalog 531 If the user already has a copy of the merchant's mam page 530 from a previous encounter, then the catalog is immediately available
8.3.2 Browse Catalog A small product catalog is typically organized into a set ol categones The mam catalog page 531 simply lists the categones, and each category page 532 lists all of the products m the category This is mdicated m the user mterface flow m Figure 55
If the product catalog is large, then it may still be organized mto categones, but it may be unpractical to pnnt the entire contents of a category when a user wishes to browse the category Instead directory navigation techniques can be used A catalog search will often be specific to the kinds of products represented m the catalog
8.4.3 Order Item
Many applications involve the user maintaining a collection of items In the screen-based version of the application, the user's collection is typically shown every time an item is added or removed The user therefore receives immediate feedback when the collection changes The collection may reflect an e-mail recipient list, a shopping cart, etc In the netpage version of the application, it is less practical to re-print the collection every time it changes
Item deletions and quantity changes can be marked up visibly, and so do not necessanly req re immediate re-pnnting Item insertions, however, are more problematic In some cases the entire source list can be used as the mput form, allowmg it to be marked up visibly This may be particularly apt if the source list already represents a user-specific subset of the complete source list, e g last week's shopping list rather than the grocery store's complete range There will be cases, however, where the user will pnmanly be making selections from a complete catalog The catalog may even be many hundreds of pages long, offset pnnted, and delivered m the mail Since it is mtended for multiple use, it is not suitable for visible markup One way to order via a large catalog is to pnnt intermediate product-specific pages 533 Each catalog entry has both an <ιnfo> and an <buy> button The <ιnfo> button elicits a full-page descnption of the product 533 with a quantity field which, if filled in, adds the product to the shoppmg cart and provides a visible record of the item order This avoids havmg to pnnt the contents of the shoppmg cart every time an item is added to it The <buy> button elicits a similar fiill-page descnption 534 of the product but automatically adds it to the shoppmg cart It contams a quantity field, aheady filled m with the quantity ordered by default, which can be used to vary the quantity ordered
Depending on the nature of the order, it may be practical to also list the contents of the shoppmg cart on the product-specific page However, it is the fact that the product page gives product-specific mformation that is of primary value to the user The product page is visibly linked to the order itself because it is tagged with the name of the cunent user, the order transaction number, and the order date and time 8.3.4 Complete Order
The shoppmg cart 536 represents the contents of the cunent order The shopping cart 536 is accessible from any merchant page, whether the page is part of the cunent order form or not The shoppmg cart 536 provides a convenient place to review the order and make final changes
The checkout 535 is also accessible from any merchant page It provides a place to specify shippmg and payment information, and finally to confirm the order
The checkout form 535 is broken up mto five sections shippmg address 535b, shippmg method 535c, payment method 535d, order items 535e, and order confirmation 535f Sections have default selections based on the user' s most recent behavior
The order confirmation section 535f summanzes the order and captures the user's signature It shows the cunent shippmg address, shippmg method, payment method, and order total
Any change the user makes to the order on the checkout form 535 is reflected on the form, smce the change is made with the inking pen It is not reflected, however, m the order summary m the order confirmation section 535f To produce a consistent checkout form, the user can simply press the <update> button at the bottom of the form after making a number of changes An updated checkout form 535 is immediately pnnted
The <submιt button, when pressed, submits the order Any handwntten change to any item information page 533, shoppmg cart page 536, or checkout page 535 which is part of the order form is automatically mterpreted and applied to the order The order receipt 537, pnnted m response to the order submission, reflects the actual contents of the order
The checkout form 535 consists of a header 535a (Figure 56), a section for selecting a previously used shippmg address or specifying a new address 535b (Figure 57), a section for selectmg a shippmg method 535c (Figure 58), a section for selecting a previously used payment method or specifying a new payment card 535d (Figure 59), a section for reviewing the list of order items and making last-mmute changes 535e (Figure 60), a section for signing the order to confirm payment 535f (Figure 61 ), and a looter which contams the <update> and <submιt> buttons 535g
(Figure 62)
The pnnted checkout form will vary m length dependmg on the number of previously used shippmg addresses and payment cards, and the number of items m the order In many cases it will fit convemently on two pages pnnted on a smgle sheet of paper The order receipt 537 lists the items ordered and summanzes the order parameters m much the same way as the order confirmation section of the checkout form (Figure 61 ) 8.3.5 Edit Account
Users can edit then customer details mamtamed by the merchant, mcludmg their list of shippmg addresses and their list of payment methods They can also pnnt their order list 540, and details of mdividual orders They can edit any order which has not been fully shipped, as descnbed earlier The order list 540 gives the status for each order Pressmg the <rnfo> button associated with each order yields a copy of the order receipt 537, but with an updated status for each order item The status of an order item denves from the status of the order it is part, as well as the presence of shipment items and backorder items associated with the order item
8.3.6 Edit Order The order receipt allows the quantities of mdividual order items which are still active to be altered Once alterations are made, the user must press the <submιt> button An updated receipt is produced
To edit order parameters, the user can press the <edιt> button on the order receipt 537 This produces an order editing form 538 which is similar m structure to the checkout form Once alterations are made, the user must press the <submιt> button An updated receipt is produced 8.3.7 Receive Shipment
The shipment is accompanied by payment receipt 541, or, if the payment method is "cash on delivery", an mvoice 541 which allows the user to pay the delivery person by traditional means (e g cash, check, or payment card not processed through netpage), or usmg a netpage payment method listed on the form, simply by marking the appropnate payment method and signing the form with a netpage pen 801 A customer can therefore defer authonzmg payment until the goods are delivered, even when usmg a payment method which allows the netpage system to obtain immediate onlme payment authorization Conversely, the delivery person can venfy payment before handing over the goods
CONCLUSION
The present mvention has been descnbed with reference to a prefened embodiment and number of specific alternative embodiments However, it will be appreciated by those skilled m the relevant fields that a number of other embodiments, differing from those specifically descnbed, will also fall within the spint and scope of the present mvention Accordmgly, it will be understood that the mvention is not intended to be limited to the specific embodiments descnbed m the present specification, mcludmg documents incorporated by cross-reference as appropnate The scope of the mvention is only limited by the attached claims

Claims

1 A method of enablmg online purchasmg, the method mcludmg the steps of providing a potential purchaser with a form contammg information relating to a purchasmg transaction, the form mcludmg coded data mdicative of an identity of the form and of at least one reference point of the form, receivmg, m a computer system, indicating data from a sensmg device regarding the identify of the form and a position of the sensing device relative to the form, the sensmg device, when placed m an operative position relative to the form, sensmg the indicating data usmg at least some of the coded data, and identifymg, m the computer system and from the indicating data, at least one parameter relatmg to the purchasmg transaction 2 The method of claim 1 in which said at least one parameter relating to the purchasmg transaction is associated with at least one zone of the form and in which the method mcludes identifymg, in the computer system and from the zone relative to which the sensmg device is located, said at least one parameter
3 The method of claim 2 which mcludes receivmg, m the computer system, data regardmg movement of the sensmg device relative to the form, the sensmg device sensmg its movement relative to the form usmg at least some of the coded data, and identifymg, m the computer system and from said movement bemg at least partially within said at least one zone, said at least one parameter of the purchasmg transaction
4 A method of enablmg online purchasmg, the method mcludmg the steps of providmg a potential purchaser with a form contammg information relating to a purchasmg transaction, the form mcludmg coded data mdicative of at least one parameter of the purchasmg transaction, receivmg, m a computer system, data from a sensmg device regardmg said at least one parameter and regardmg movement of the sensmg device relative to the form, the sensmg device, when moved relative to the form, sensing the data regardmg said at least one parameter usmg at least some of the coded data and generatmg the data regardmg its own movement relative to the form, and mterpretmg, m the computer system, said movement of the sensing device as it relates to said at least one parameter
5 A method of enablmg online purchasing, the method mcludmg the steps of providmg a potential purchaser with a form contammg information relating to a purchasing transaction, the form mcludmg coded data indicative of an identity of the form, receiving, m a computer system, data from a sensmg device regardmg an identity of the potential purchaser and regardmg the identity of the form, the sensmg device contammg the data regarding the identity of the user and sensmg the data regardmg the identity of the form usmg at least some of the coded data, and identifymg, m the computer system and from the data regardmg the identity of the potential purchaser and the identity of the form, a purchasmg transaction 6 The method of claim 5 m which the coded data is also indicative of at least one parameter of the purchasmg transaction, and the method mcludes receiving, m the computer system, indicating data from the sensmg device regardmg said at least one parameter of the purchasmg transaction, the sensmg device sensmg the indicating data usmg at least some of the coded data
7 The method of claim 6 which mcludes receivmg, in the computer system, data from the sensmg device regardmg movement of the sensmg device relative to the form, the sensmg device generating data regardmg its own movement relative to the form 8 The method of any one of claims 2, 4 or 6 m which the parameter is an action parameter of the purchasmg fransaction, the method including effecting, m the computer system, an operation m respect of the action parameter
9 The method of claim 8 m which the action parameter of the purchasmg fransaction is selected from the group compnsmg requesting mformation relating to an item to be purchased, selecting an item to purchase, selecting the quantity of an item to be purchased, viewing a shoppmg cart and submitting a purchasmg order
10 The method of any one of claims 3, 4 or 7 m which the parameter is an option parameter of the purchasmg fransaction, the method mcludmg identifymg, m the computer system, that the potential purchaser has entered a hand-drawn mark by means of the sensmg device and effectmg, m the computer system, an operation associated with the option parameter
11 The method of claim 10 m which the option parameter is associated with at least one of a shippmg address, a shipping method, a payment method and a card type
12 The method of any one of claims 3, 4 or 7 in which the parameter is a text parameter of the purchasmg fransaction, the method mcludmg identifymg, m the computer system, that the potential purchaser has entered handwntten text data by means of the sensmg device and effecting, m the computer system, an operation associated with the text parameter
13 The method of claim 12 which mcludes converting, m the computer system, the handwntten text data to computer text 1 The method of claim 13 m which the text parameter is associated with at least one of a shippmg address, a billing address, a payment method and a quantity of an item to be purchased
15 The method of any one of claims 3, 4 or 7 m which the parameter is an authorization parameter of the purchasmg transaction, the method including identifymg, m the computer system, that the potential purchaser has entered a handwntten signature by means of the sensmg device and effecting, m the computer system, an operation associated with the authorization parameter
16 The method of claim 15 which mcludes venfymg, m the computer system, that the signature is that of the potential purchaser
17 The method of claim 16 m which the authorization parameter is associated with payment authonzation 18 The method of any one of claims 3, 4 or 7 m which the parameter is a picture parameter of the purchasmg transaction, the method mcludmg identifymg, m the computer system, that the potential purchaser has entered a hand-drawn picture by means of the sensmg device and effecting, m the computer system, an operation associated with the picture parameter
19 The method of any one of claims 1 , 4 or 5 m which a portion of the coded data is superimposed with a visual graphic, the visual graphic relating to the parameter associated with the portion
20 The method of any one of claims 1 , 4 or 5 m which the form contams information relating to at least one of an item to be purchased and order acceptance 21 The method of claim 1 or 5 which mcludes pnnting the form on demand
22 The method of claim 21 which mcludes printing the form on a surface of a surface-defining means and, at the same time that the form is pnnted pnnting the coded data on the surface 23 The method of claim 22 which mcludes pnnting the coded data to be substantially invisible m the visible spectrum
24 The method of any one of claim 1 or 5 which mcludes retaining a retnevable record of each form generated, the form bemg retnevable usmg its identity as contained m its coded data 25 The method of any one of claims 1 , 4 or 5 which mcludes distnbution a plurality of the forms usmg a mixture of multicast and pomtcast communications protocols
26 The method of claim 1 or 4 m which the sensmg device contams an identification means which imparts a umque identity to the sensmg device and identifies it as belongmg to a particular potential purchaser and m which the method mcludes monitoring, m the computer system, said identity 27 The method of any one of claims 1, 4 or 5 which mcludes providing all required information relating to the purchasmg fransaction m the form to eliminate the need for a separate display device
28 The method of any one of claims 1, 4 or 5 m which the form is pnnted on multiple pages and in which the method mcludes binding the pages
29 A system for enablmg online purchasmg, the system mcludmg a form contammg information relatmg to a purchasing transaction, the form mcludmg coded data indicative of an identity of the form and of at least one reference pomt of the form, and a computer system for receivmg mdicatmg data from a sensmg device for identifymg at least one parameter relating to the purchasmg fransaction, the mdicatmg data bemg mdicative of the identify of the form and a position of the sensmg device relative to the form, the sensing device sensmg the mdicatmg data usmg at least some of the coded data
30 The system of claim 29 m which said at least one parameter relating to the purchasing transaction is associated with at least one zone of the form
31 The system of claim 29 which mcludes the sensmg device, the sensmg device sensmg its movement relative to the form usmg at least some of the coded data 32 A system for enablmg onlme purchasmg, the system mcludmg a form contammg information relating to a purchasing transaction, the form j -tudmg coded data indicative of at least one parameter of the purchasmg transaction, and a computer system for receivmg data from a sensmg device regardmg said at least one parameter and regardmg movement of the sensing device relative to the form, and for mterpretmg said movement of the sensmg device as it relates to said at least one parameter, the sensmg device, when moved relative to the form, sensing the data regarding said at least one parameter usmg at least some of the coded data and generating the data regardmg its own movement relative to the form
33 A system for enablmg online purchasmg, the system mcludmg a form including coded data mdicative of an identity of the form, and a computer system for receivmg from a sensmg device data regardmg an identity of the potential purchaser and the identity of the form, and for identifymg from said received data, a purchasmg fransaction, the sensmg device contammg the data regardmg the identity of the potential purchaser and sensmg the data regardmg the identity of the form usmg at least some of the coded data
34 The system of claim 33 m which the coded data is also indicative of at least one parameter of the purchasmg transaction, the computer system receivmg mdicatmg data from the sensmg device regardmg said at least one parameter of the purchasmg transaction and the sensmg device sensmg the mdicatmg data usmg at least some of the coded data 35 The system of claim 33 which mcludes the sensmg device, the sensmg device sensmg its movement relative to the form
36 The system of any one of claims 29, 32 or 34 m which said at least one parameter of the purchasmg transaction is selected from the group compnsmg an action parameter of the purchasmg transaction, an option parameter of the purchasmg fransaction, a text parameter of the purchasing fransaction, an authorization parameter of the purchasmg fransaction, and a picture parameter of the purchasmg fransaction
37 The system of claim 36 m which the action parameter of the purchasmg transaction is selected from the group compnsmg requestmg data relating to an item to be purchased, selecting an item to purchase, selecting the quantity of an item to be purchased and submitting a purchasmg order
38 The system of claim 36 m which the option parameter is associated with at least one of a shippmg address, a shippmg method, a payment method and a card type
39 The system of claim 36 m which the text parameter is associated with at least one of a shippmg address, a billing address, a payment method and a quantity of an item to be purchased 40 The system of claim 36 m which the authorization parameter is associated with payment authorization
41 The system of claim 36 m which the picture parameter is a portion of the coded data is superimposed with a visual graphic, the visual graphic relatmg to the parameter associated with the portion 42 The system of any one of claims 31 , 32 or 35 m which the sensing device mcludes a marking mb
43 The system of claim 31 or 32 m which the sensing device contams an identification means which unparts a umque identity to the sensmg device and identifies it as belonging to a particular potential purchaser
44 The system of any one of claims 29, 32 or 33 in which the form is surface of a surface-defining means and m which the system mcludes a pnnter for pnnting the form on demand 45 The system of claim 44 m which the pnnter pnnts the coded data at the same tune as pnntmg the form on the surface-defining means
46 The system of any one of claims 29, 32 or 33 m which the coded data is substantially invisible m the visible spectrum
47 The system of claim 29 or 33 which mcludes a database for keepmg a retnevable record of each form generated, each form bemg retnevable by usmg its identity as mcluded m its coded data
48 The system of claim 44 m which, to cater for a form pnnted on multiple pages, the pnnter mcludes a bmdmg means for binding the pages
49 A method of making an onlme purchase of goods or services, compnsmg the steps of obtaining from a network source, a purchasmg form surface, the surface havmg coded data pnnted on it, the coded data mdicative of an identity of the form, the coded data bemg readable by a sensing device, providmg to a networked computer system, mformation from the sensing device, the mformation based on at least some of the coded data, and make a purchase transaction associated with goods or services covered by the purchasmg form
50 The method of claim 49, wherem the sensing device generates the information indicative of its tune-varying location by sensing its time- varying acceleration via at least one accelerometer 51 The method of purchasmg of claim 49, wherem the networked computer compnses a local pnnter and the purchasmg form surface is pnnted by the local pnnter
52 The method of purchasing of claim 49, wherem the sensmg device captures data further compnsmg time-varymg location data fomung a senes of strokes from which digital ink is denved, the digital ink denved from a signature zone bemg used to recognize or authenticate a user
53 The method of claim 49, wherem the sensmg device compnses a wireless pen mterface and a transmission of digital ink from the wireless pen mterface further compnses bio-metnc information denved from bio-metnc data captured by the pen mterface
54 The method of claim 49, wherem the biometnc data captured by the pen mterface is at least some data from the group mcludmg pen tilt, pen force and fingerpnnt data
55 The method of claim 49 , wherem the surface is part of a product or its package
56 The method of claim 49, wherem at least some coded data is composed of an anay of macrodots which are arranged to depict a target area and data areas
57 The method of claim 56, wherem the target area compnses onentation mdicatmg comers
58 the method of claim 49 , wherem the coded data is substantially invisible
59 The method of claim 58, wherein the coded data is provided with infrared absorbmg media
PCT/AU2000/000519 1999-05-25 2000-05-24 Method and system for online purchasing WO2000072242A1 (en)

Priority Applications (10)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU47258/00A AU776862B2 (en) 1999-05-25 2000-05-24 Method and system for online purchasing
MXPA01012069A MXPA01012069A (en) 1999-05-25 2000-05-24 Method and system for online purchasing.
IL14660700A IL146607A0 (en) 1999-05-25 2000-05-24 Method and system for online purchasing
JP2000620561A JP4606598B2 (en) 1999-05-25 2000-05-24 Online purchasing methods and systems
DE60045420T DE60045420D1 (en) 1999-05-25 2000-05-24 ON-LINE SHOPPING SYSTEM AND METHOD
AT00929035T ATE492857T1 (en) 1999-05-25 2000-05-24 ON-LINE PURCHASING SYSTEM AND PROCEDURES
BR0010849-9A BR0010849A (en) 1999-05-25 2000-05-24 Method and system for online shopping
CA002371538A CA2371538A1 (en) 1999-05-25 2000-05-24 Method and system for online purchasing
EP00929035A EP1224614B1 (en) 1999-05-25 2000-05-24 Method and system for online purchasing
IL146607A IL146607A (en) 1999-05-25 2001-11-20 Method and system for online purchasing

Applications Claiming Priority (10)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AUPQ0559 1999-05-25
AUPQ0559A AUPQ055999A0 (en) 1999-05-25 1999-05-25 A method and apparatus (npage01)
AUPQ1313A AUPQ131399A0 (en) 1999-06-30 1999-06-30 A method and apparatus (NPAGE02)
AUPQ1312 1999-06-30
AUPQ1313 1999-06-30
AUPQ1312A AUPQ131299A0 (en) 1999-06-30 1999-06-30 A method and apparatus (NPAGE03)
AUPQ2912A AUPQ291299A0 (en) 1999-09-17 1999-09-17 A self mapping surface and related applications
AUPQ2912 1999-09-17
AUPQ3632A AUPQ363299A0 (en) 1999-10-25 1999-10-25 Paper based information inter face
AUPQ3632 1999-10-25

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2000072242A1 true WO2000072242A1 (en) 2000-11-30

Family

ID=27507480

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/AU2000/000519 WO2000072242A1 (en) 1999-05-25 2000-05-24 Method and system for online purchasing
PCT/AU2000/000518 WO2000072241A1 (en) 1999-05-25 2000-05-24 Method and system for online payments

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/AU2000/000518 WO2000072241A1 (en) 1999-05-25 2000-05-24 Method and system for online payments

Country Status (14)

Country Link
US (20) US7721948B1 (en)
EP (2) EP1242969B1 (en)
JP (2) JP4606597B2 (en)
KR (2) KR100719394B1 (en)
CN (4) CN1363073A (en)
AT (2) ATE494601T1 (en)
AU (2) AU762210B2 (en)
BR (2) BR0010849A (en)
CA (2) CA2371947A1 (en)
DE (2) DE60045490D1 (en)
IL (5) IL146606A0 (en)
MX (2) MXPA01012069A (en)
SG (6) SG121828A1 (en)
WO (2) WO2000072242A1 (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2003007211A1 (en) * 2001-07-13 2003-01-23 Anoto Ab Electronic pen catalog ordering system and method of using the catalog to stimulate electronic pen use
US7333947B2 (en) 2000-11-13 2008-02-19 Anoto Ab Network-based system
WO2008046128A1 (en) * 2006-10-17 2008-04-24 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd User interaction causing click facilitator to collect ad click-through fee
US7775440B2 (en) 2006-10-17 2010-08-17 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Method of displaying advertisement to a user
US7855811B2 (en) 2006-10-17 2010-12-21 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Method of providing search results to a user

Families Citing this family (149)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20040019560A1 (en) 1999-03-12 2004-01-29 Evans Scott L. System and method for debt presentment and resolution
US7175079B1 (en) 1999-05-25 2007-02-13 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Method and system for online purchasing
US7762453B2 (en) * 1999-05-25 2010-07-27 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Method of providing information via a printed substrate with every interaction
US7721948B1 (en) * 1999-05-25 2010-05-25 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Method and system for online payments
US20070233513A1 (en) * 1999-05-25 2007-10-04 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Method of providing merchant resource or merchant hyperlink to a user
US7971784B2 (en) * 1999-05-25 2011-07-05 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Sensing device with mode changes via nib switch
US7593899B1 (en) 1999-05-25 2009-09-22 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Method and system for online payments
US7982725B2 (en) * 1999-05-25 2011-07-19 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Sensing device with inductive charging
US7821507B2 (en) * 1999-05-25 2010-10-26 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Method of providing information via a printed substrate and two-mode sensing device
US7832626B2 (en) * 1999-05-25 2010-11-16 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Anonymous competition entry
AUPQ439299A0 (en) * 1999-12-01 1999-12-23 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Interface system
US7793824B2 (en) * 1999-05-25 2010-09-14 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd System for enabling access to information
US7760969B2 (en) 1999-05-25 2010-07-20 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Method of providing information via context searching from a printed substrate
US6549935B1 (en) * 1999-05-25 2003-04-15 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Method of distributing documents having common components to a plurality of destinations
US8113950B2 (en) * 1999-05-25 2012-02-14 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Competition entry with limited return messaging
AU2005202453B2 (en) * 1999-05-25 2007-03-22 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Computer system for enabling purchasing using printed interface
SE517445C2 (en) 1999-10-01 2002-06-04 Anoto Ab Position determination on a surface provided with a position coding pattern
US7558598B2 (en) 1999-12-01 2009-07-07 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Dialling a number via a coded surface
US7103566B2 (en) * 2000-02-23 2006-09-05 Lucent Technologies Inc. Applications of executable shopping lists
US7580887B1 (en) * 2000-04-27 2009-08-25 Micron Technology, Inc. Method and apparatus for facilitating purchase transactions across a network
US8903950B2 (en) * 2000-05-05 2014-12-02 Citrix Systems, Inc. Personalized content delivery using peer-to-peer precaching
EP1164554A3 (en) * 2000-05-25 2004-03-10 Payment Engineering LLC System and method for converting check-based bill payments to electronic form
JP2002007934A (en) * 2000-06-26 2002-01-11 Fujitsu Ltd Electronic commerce system and electronic commerce method
US7003500B1 (en) * 2000-08-01 2006-02-21 James Leonard Driessen Retail point of sale (RPOS) apparatus for internet merchandising
US7742993B2 (en) * 2005-10-31 2010-06-22 James Leonard Driessen SCART-card (secure consumer advantaged retail trading)
US8438111B2 (en) * 2000-06-30 2013-05-07 James Leonard Driessen Retail point of sale (RPOS) digital rights convergence
US20070005969A1 (en) * 2005-07-02 2007-01-04 Addnclick, Inc. Anonymous communication system and method
SE0004131L (en) * 2000-11-13 2002-05-14 Anoto Ab Network based system
ATE376210T1 (en) * 2000-11-25 2007-11-15 Silverbrook Res Pty Ltd PROCEDURE AND SYSTEM FOR ONLINE PAYMENTS
US20040061721A1 (en) * 2001-03-30 2004-04-01 Luca Bosurgi Interactive digital environment structured in the format of a paper publication
US7916124B1 (en) 2001-06-20 2011-03-29 Leapfrog Enterprises, Inc. Interactive apparatus using print media
US20030018536A1 (en) * 2001-07-20 2003-01-23 International Business Machines Corporation Reorder and default order mechanisms for a shopping cart of an e-commerce website
JP2003085084A (en) * 2001-09-12 2003-03-20 Sony Corp Contents delivery system and method, portable terminal, delivery server, and recording medium
US7418160B2 (en) * 2001-09-21 2008-08-26 Anoto Ab Method and device for processing of information
US7177658B2 (en) 2002-05-06 2007-02-13 Qualcomm, Incorporated Multi-media broadcast and multicast service (MBMS) in a wireless communications system
JP4102105B2 (en) * 2002-05-24 2008-06-18 株式会社日立製作所 Document entry system using electronic pen
US8370420B1 (en) 2002-07-11 2013-02-05 Citrix Systems, Inc. Web-integrated display of locally stored content objects
JP3801138B2 (en) * 2003-01-21 2006-07-26 ブラザー工業株式会社 Communication system, communication terminal, and communication program
US8804761B2 (en) 2003-08-21 2014-08-12 Qualcomm Incorporated Methods for seamless delivery of broadcast and multicast content across cell borders and/or between different transmission schemes and related apparatus
US8694869B2 (en) 2003-08-21 2014-04-08 QUALCIMM Incorporated Methods for forward error correction coding above a radio link control layer and related apparatus
US7318187B2 (en) 2003-08-21 2008-01-08 Qualcomm Incorporated Outer coding methods for broadcast/multicast content and related apparatus
US8050975B2 (en) * 2003-10-06 2011-11-01 Bank Of America Corporation System and method to manage supply chain settlement, risk and liquidity
US20050137948A1 (en) * 2003-12-22 2005-06-23 Kissner Matthew S. System and method for bill payment
US8055508B1 (en) 2003-12-30 2011-11-08 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Computer controlled article classification and processing system
US20060125805A1 (en) * 2004-03-17 2006-06-15 James Marggraff Method and system for conducting a transaction using recognized text
US7831933B2 (en) 2004-03-17 2010-11-09 Leapfrog Enterprises, Inc. Method and system for implementing a user interface for a device employing written graphical elements
US7853193B2 (en) * 2004-03-17 2010-12-14 Leapfrog Enterprises, Inc. Method and device for audibly instructing a user to interact with a function
US7462170B2 (en) * 2004-05-25 2008-12-09 Covidien Ag Administration feeding set and valve mechanism
US20050278250A1 (en) * 2004-06-10 2005-12-15 Kays Zair Transaction processing payment system
US7702750B2 (en) 2004-09-29 2010-04-20 Citrix Systems, Inc. System and method for event detection and re-direction over a network using a presentation level protocol
US8069226B2 (en) 2004-09-30 2011-11-29 Citrix Systems, Inc. System and method for data synchronization over a network using a presentation level protocol
WO2006049424A1 (en) * 2004-11-02 2006-05-11 Yong-Seok Jeong Method and apparatus for requesting service using access code
JP2008527324A (en) * 2005-01-04 2008-07-24 グローバル・ウォッチ・インダストリーズ・ソシエタ・ア・レスポンサビリタ・リミタータ Wristwatch with earphone function
US7748748B2 (en) 2005-04-12 2010-07-06 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for generating and authenticating documents having stored electrostatic pattern information
US20070027820A1 (en) * 2005-07-28 2007-02-01 Amir Elharar Methods and systems for securing electronic transactions
US7922099B1 (en) 2005-07-29 2011-04-12 Leapfrog Enterprises, Inc. System and method for associating content with an image bearing surface
US7697714B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2010-04-13 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Associating an object with a sticker and a surface
US7724399B2 (en) 2005-09-19 2010-05-25 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Method of downloading and installing a software object
US7945943B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2011-05-17 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Retrieving an access token via a coded surface
US7708203B2 (en) 2005-09-19 2010-05-04 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Link object to sticker
US7558597B2 (en) 2005-09-19 2009-07-07 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd. Retrieving a ringtone via a coded surface
US7575172B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2009-08-18 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Printing a greeting card using a mobile device
US20070064130A1 (en) * 2005-09-19 2007-03-22 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Link object to form field on surface
US7805162B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2010-09-28 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Print card with linked object
US7428986B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2008-09-30 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Printing a health report using a mobile device
US8072629B2 (en) 2005-09-19 2011-12-06 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Print subscribed content on a mobile device
US7641115B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2010-01-05 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Type-specific sticker
US7970435B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2011-06-28 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Printing an advertisement using a mobile device
US7407092B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2008-08-05 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Printing gaming information using a mobile device
US7672664B2 (en) 2005-09-19 2010-03-02 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Printing a reminder list using mobile device
US7992213B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2011-08-02 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Gaining access via a coded surface
US7558599B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2009-07-07 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Printing a bill using a mobile device
US7742755B2 (en) 2005-09-19 2010-06-22 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Retrieving a bill via a coded surface
US7506802B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2009-03-24 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Method of performing an action in relation to a software object
US7403797B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2008-07-22 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Obtaining a physical product via a coded surface
US7654444B2 (en) 2005-09-19 2010-02-02 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Reusable sticker
US7747280B2 (en) 2005-09-19 2010-06-29 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Retrieving a product via a coded surface
US7855805B2 (en) 2005-09-19 2010-12-21 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Printing a competition entry form using a mobile device
US7761090B2 (en) 2005-09-19 2010-07-20 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Print remotely to a mobile device
US7380709B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2008-06-03 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Printing a trading card using a mobile device
US7438215B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2008-10-21 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Printing location-based information using a mobile device
US7621442B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2009-11-24 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Printing a subscription using a mobile device
US7469829B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2008-12-30 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Printing video information using a mobile device
US7668540B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2010-02-23 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Print on a mobile device with persistence
US7637424B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2009-12-29 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Printing audio information using a mobile device
US7689249B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2010-03-30 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Printing a security identification using a mobile device
US7756526B2 (en) 2005-09-19 2010-07-13 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Retrieving a web page via a coded surface
US8599143B1 (en) 2006-02-06 2013-12-03 Leapfrog Enterprises, Inc. Switch configuration for detecting writing pressure in a writing device
US7796788B2 (en) * 2006-02-13 2010-09-14 Xerox Corporation Device and method to inhibit residue on platen glass while scanning
US20070192231A1 (en) * 2006-02-15 2007-08-16 Farson John M Method and system for calculating bids in an auction
US8200579B2 (en) 2006-02-28 2012-06-12 The Invention Science Fund I, Llc Using payment mode rankings responsive to item attributes
US7958051B2 (en) * 2006-02-28 2011-06-07 The Invention Science Fund I, Llc Using payment mode rankings responsive to item attributes
US7848957B2 (en) * 2006-06-30 2010-12-07 Columbia Insurance Company System for ordering products and forecasting customer interest
US10614513B2 (en) * 2006-07-07 2020-04-07 Joseph R. Dollens Method and system for managing and displaying product images with progressive resolution display
JP4770614B2 (en) * 2006-07-11 2011-09-14 株式会社日立製作所 Document management system and document management method
US8261967B1 (en) 2006-07-19 2012-09-11 Leapfrog Enterprises, Inc. Techniques for interactively coupling electronic content with printed media
US8660941B2 (en) 2006-09-26 2014-02-25 Collections Marketing Center, Inc. Method and system for providing a multi-channel virtual collections center
US20080088581A1 (en) * 2006-10-17 2008-04-17 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Online ad placement in response to zone of paper input
US20080091611A1 (en) * 2006-10-17 2008-04-17 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd User interaction causing click facilitator to collect sales commission fee
US8511565B2 (en) * 2006-10-17 2013-08-20 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Method of providing information via context searching of a printed graphic image
US20080092084A1 (en) * 2006-10-17 2008-04-17 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd System for collecting a click-through fee from an advertiser
US20080091505A1 (en) * 2006-10-17 2008-04-17 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Method of charging for ad associated with zone of printed substrate
US20080097823A1 (en) * 2006-10-17 2008-04-24 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd User interaction causing click facilitator to collect ad click-through fee
US20080091506A1 (en) * 2006-10-17 2008-04-17 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Selection of ad on display device causing printed substrate click facilitator to collect ad click-through fee
US20080103901A1 (en) * 2006-10-17 2008-05-01 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Resource initiated by a computer system causing printed substrate click facilitator to collect ad click-through fee
US20080178555A1 (en) * 2007-01-26 2008-07-31 C. Green & Sons, Inc. Tapered truss
US9524496B2 (en) * 2007-03-19 2016-12-20 Hugo Olliphant Micro payments
US8126778B2 (en) 2007-03-19 2012-02-28 Ebay Inc. Network reputation and payment service
US9679318B1 (en) * 2007-05-24 2017-06-13 Amdocs Software Systems Limited System, method, and computer program product for updating billing parameters utilizing a bill replica
US20090040879A1 (en) * 2007-08-10 2009-02-12 Galie Louis M Wearable electronic device with multiple display functionality
US20090051673A1 (en) * 2007-08-22 2009-02-26 Hong-Chi Yu Wireless digital data storage device mounted in a pen shaped housing
US8732078B1 (en) 2007-10-24 2014-05-20 United Services Automobile Association (Usaa) Providing a payment
WO2009143084A1 (en) 2008-05-18 2009-11-26 Zetawire, Inc. Secured electronic transaction system
US10453043B2 (en) * 2008-06-25 2019-10-22 Thomson Reuters Global Resources Unlimited Company System and method for online bill payment
JP4351289B1 (en) * 2008-08-27 2009-10-28 富士通テレコムネットワークス株式会社 Subscriber premises communication equipment
US20100257018A1 (en) * 2009-04-02 2010-10-07 Yahoo! Inc. Enhanced search marketing
US8483448B2 (en) 2009-11-17 2013-07-09 Scanable, Inc. Electronic sales method
US20120036048A1 (en) 2010-08-06 2012-02-09 Diy Media, Inc. System and method for distributing multimedia content
US9852457B2 (en) 2010-10-15 2017-12-26 League Sports Services Llc Method and system to facilitate transactions between organization registrants and merchandise suppliers
KR101824544B1 (en) * 2010-12-06 2018-02-02 삼성전자주식회사 Apparatus and method for trading digital contents in digital contents management system
US20130194066A1 (en) * 2011-06-10 2013-08-01 Aliphcom Motion profile templates and movement languages for wearable devices
US9069380B2 (en) 2011-06-10 2015-06-30 Aliphcom Media device, application, and content management using sensory input
US20120318077A1 (en) * 2011-06-15 2012-12-20 Paca Roy Ergonomically enhanced System and Method for Handwriting
US20130024268A1 (en) * 2011-07-22 2013-01-24 Ebay Inc. Incentivizing the linking of internet content to products for sale
US11284251B2 (en) 2012-06-11 2022-03-22 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Mobile device and control method thereof
EP2674889B1 (en) 2012-06-11 2018-05-30 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd Mobile device and control method thereof
KR102049999B1 (en) * 2012-06-11 2019-11-28 삼성전자주식회사 User terminal device for providing a electronic shopping service and methods thereof
IN2015DN00453A (en) * 2012-07-31 2015-06-26 Keysoft Kk
JP5929598B2 (en) * 2012-07-31 2016-06-08 ソニー株式会社 Physical quantity receiving apparatus and physical quantity supply apparatus
US9734499B2 (en) 2014-01-24 2017-08-15 Paypal, Inc. Systems and methods for facilitating transactions using pattern recognition
US20160110726A1 (en) * 2014-10-20 2016-04-21 Mastercard International Incorporated Method and system for linking handwriting to transaction data
US10594820B2 (en) * 2014-11-24 2020-03-17 Google Llc Conditionally joining data from cookies
US11016581B2 (en) 2015-04-21 2021-05-25 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Base station for use with digital pens
JP6261153B1 (en) 2016-08-22 2018-01-17 株式会社ワコム Electronic pen, position detection device, and information processing device
EP3502849A4 (en) * 2016-08-22 2020-04-08 Wacom Co., Ltd. Electronic pen, position detecting device, and information processing device
US9870076B1 (en) * 2016-09-03 2018-01-16 Nanjing Jiafan Electronic Technologies Co., Ltd. Transmitter pen positioning system
CN106529945A (en) * 2016-10-26 2017-03-22 珠海格力电器股份有限公司 Data processing method and device of intelligent terminal
US10652215B2 (en) * 2017-10-31 2020-05-12 Charter Communication Operating, LLC Secure anonymous communications methods and apparatus
CN109658619B (en) * 2018-11-30 2021-03-23 宁波耀华电气科技有限责任公司 Electric energy meter prepayment system based on two-dimensional code payment
JP7179967B2 (en) * 2019-03-01 2022-11-29 株式会社日立製作所 Transaction Validation Systems and Methods of Validating Transactions
KR102039295B1 (en) 2019-04-10 2019-11-26 김재용 coffee bean selling system
CN110239213A (en) * 2019-06-21 2019-09-17 安徽文博纸品印刷有限公司 A kind of online stamp device for printing by paper
JP7392327B2 (en) 2019-08-26 2023-12-06 沖電気工業株式会社 Information processing device, information processing method, program, information providing device, and information processing system
KR102089227B1 (en) 2019-12-02 2020-03-13 김재용 synthetic rubber purchasing system
CN111724531B (en) * 2020-06-28 2022-04-19 上海宝明信息科技有限公司 Public employment service management system
US11687519B2 (en) 2021-08-11 2023-06-27 T-Mobile Usa, Inc. Ensuring availability and integrity of a database across geographical regions
CN113672270A (en) * 2021-08-19 2021-11-19 讯牧信息科技(上海)有限公司 Upgrading method, computer system and remote upgrading device
US11544025B1 (en) * 2021-09-09 2023-01-03 Kyocera Document Solutions Inc. Methods for using a paper catalog map with a paper catalog to manage paper types for color printing operations
US11769025B2 (en) 2021-09-09 2023-09-26 Kyocera Document Solutions Inc. Method for using a paper catalog map with a paper catalog for printing operations

Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
FR2516673A1 (en) * 1981-11-17 1983-05-20 Squagep Sa Computerised management system for self service restaurant - uses optical bar code readers to signal dishes purchased and required from preparation room and partic, customer for which they are intended
GB2202664A (en) * 1985-10-22 1988-09-28 Gary Douglas Robb Automated service systems
DE4326756C1 (en) * 1993-08-10 1994-09-08 Ekkehard Dr Stephan Ordering and billing system
GB2306669A (en) * 1995-11-01 1997-05-07 Ricoh Kk Manual entry interactive paper and electronic document handling and processing system
US5652412A (en) * 1994-07-11 1997-07-29 Sia Technology Corp. Pen and paper information recording system
JPH10194562A (en) * 1996-12-27 1998-07-28 Minolta Co Ltd Image forming device
US5852434A (en) * 1992-04-03 1998-12-22 Sekendur; Oral F. Absolute optical position determination
WO1999050787A1 (en) * 1998-04-01 1999-10-07 Xerox Corporation Cross-network functions via linked hardcopy and electronic documents
US6076734A (en) * 1997-10-07 2000-06-20 Interval Research Corporation Methods and systems for providing human/computer interfaces

Family Cites Families (207)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
AUPQ055999A0 (en) * 1999-05-25 1999-06-17 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd A method and apparatus (npage01)
AUPQ131399A0 (en) * 1999-06-30 1999-07-22 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd A method and apparatus (NPAGE02)
US2226670A (en) * 1938-12-08 1940-12-31 Union Steel Chest Corp Cabinet
US3613066A (en) * 1968-10-22 1971-10-12 Cii Computer input equipment
US3732557A (en) * 1971-05-03 1973-05-08 Evans & Sutherland Computer Co Incremental position-indicating system
US3737740A (en) * 1971-11-08 1973-06-05 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Solid-state magneto electrical transducer
US3835453A (en) * 1972-06-01 1974-09-10 S Narayanan Code generating and receiving apparatus
US4064389A (en) 1976-06-23 1977-12-20 Rca Corporation System and method for authenticating an electronically transmitted document
US4128829A (en) * 1977-12-30 1978-12-05 International Business Machines Corporation Signature verification method and apparatus utilizing both acceleration and pressure characteristics
US4260979A (en) * 1979-12-31 1981-04-07 International Business Machines Corporation Apparatus for sensing non-coded images
DE3043557C2 (en) * 1980-11-19 1987-12-23 Hartmut 6900 Heidelberg Bernot Device for acquiring, transmitting and processing data in optically readable codes
US4495644A (en) * 1981-04-27 1985-01-22 Quest Automation Public Limited Company Apparatus for signature verification
FR2516672A1 (en) 1981-11-13 1983-05-20 Koechlin Renaud Interpolator for observation of curve on TV screen - uses two comparators, line sweep counter, shift register, image memory and XOR-gate
US4420682A (en) * 1982-03-22 1983-12-13 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Army Interactive map information exchange system
US4488000A (en) * 1982-09-30 1984-12-11 New York Institute Of Technology Apparatus for determining position and writing pressure
US4564928A (en) * 1982-09-30 1986-01-14 New York Institute Of Technology Graphical data apparatus
JPS59107297U (en) * 1983-01-08 1984-07-19 富士通株式会社 Eraser for electronic blackboard
US4562594A (en) * 1983-09-29 1985-12-31 International Business Machines Corp. (Ibm) Method and apparatus for segmenting character images
JPS60243728A (en) * 1984-05-18 1985-12-03 Canon Inc Coordinate input device
CA1245361A (en) 1984-06-27 1988-11-22 Kerry E. Thacher Tournament data system
DE3582968D1 (en) * 1984-07-25 1991-07-04 Hitachi Ltd TABLET-COORDINATE INPUT DEVICE USING ELASTIC SHAFT.
US4565299A (en) * 1985-02-20 1986-01-21 Trumbo Welding & Fabricating Company, Inc. Pressure sealing closure system for retort vessels
JPS6295660A (en) * 1985-10-21 1987-05-02 Omron Tateisi Electronics Co Sign reading and writing system using integrated circuit card
EP0229637A3 (en) * 1986-01-09 1988-10-05 Wacom Co., Ltd. Electronic blackboard apparatus
US4763276A (en) * 1986-03-21 1988-08-09 Actel Partnership Methods for refining original robot command signals
JPH0682403B2 (en) * 1986-03-24 1994-10-19 沖電気工業株式会社 Optical character reader
US4823264A (en) * 1986-05-27 1989-04-18 Deming Gilbert R Electronic funds transfer system
US4864618A (en) 1986-11-26 1989-09-05 Wright Technologies, L.P. Automated transaction system with modular printhead having print authentication feature
US4804949A (en) * 1987-03-20 1989-02-14 Everex Ti Corporation Hand-held optical scanner and computer mouse
JPS63244267A (en) * 1987-03-31 1988-10-11 Oki Electric Ind Co Ltd Window transaction processing system
US5191622A (en) * 1987-07-17 1993-03-02 Hitachi, Ltd. Hand-written character recognition apparatus with a personal dictionary preparation function
US4777329A (en) * 1987-08-24 1988-10-11 Microfield Graphics, Inc. Graphic input system
US4998285A (en) * 1988-03-11 1991-03-05 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Character recognition apparatus
US4974878A (en) * 1988-04-20 1990-12-04 Remittance Technology Corporation Financial data processing system using payment coupons
US5058182A (en) * 1988-05-02 1991-10-15 The Research Foundation Of State Univ. Of New York Method and apparatus for handwritten character recognition
JP2822189B2 (en) * 1988-05-19 1998-11-11 ソニー株式会社 Character recognition apparatus and method
JPH01320521A (en) * 1988-06-22 1989-12-26 Wacom Co Ltd Electronic blackboard device and its writing tool or the like
US5007085A (en) 1988-10-28 1991-04-09 International Business Machines Corporation Remotely sensed personal stylus
US5023438A (en) * 1988-11-26 1991-06-11 Nitto Kohki Co., Ltd. Portable data input apparatus with different display modes
GB2226670A (en) 1988-12-30 1990-07-04 Alexander Speiser Reports having identification data and printing thereof
US5635697A (en) * 1989-03-01 1997-06-03 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for decoding two-dimensional bar code
US5051736A (en) * 1989-06-28 1991-09-24 International Business Machines Corporation Optical stylus and passive digitizing tablet data input system
US5159321A (en) * 1989-08-18 1992-10-27 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Pen-type computer input device
JPH0381817A (en) * 1989-08-25 1991-04-08 Hitachi Ltd Hand-written input information processor and hand-written input information system using the processor
US5062666A (en) * 1990-02-01 1991-11-05 The Standard Register Company Financial instrument and method of making
US5267327A (en) * 1990-03-30 1993-11-30 Sony Corporation Apparatus and method for registering the handwriting of a user so it can be translated into block characters
US5180192A (en) * 1990-04-30 1993-01-19 Herbert William S Lost personal accessory item identification and return method and articles
US5075541A (en) * 1990-09-06 1991-12-24 Chien Fong K Optical image detecting device with optical image differential capability
US5340971A (en) * 1990-09-17 1994-08-23 Metrologic Instruments, Inc. Automatic bar code reading system having selectable long range and short range modes of operation
US5086197A (en) * 1990-09-17 1992-02-04 Liou Kwang Wan Optical encoding method and device
US5410334A (en) * 1990-09-19 1995-04-25 International Business Machines Corporation Switch for pen-down sensing in electronic styli
US5214429A (en) * 1990-09-20 1993-05-25 R.E.T.S. Sales And Service, Inc. Computer method utilizing keyboard adapter
JPH04250587A (en) * 1991-01-09 1992-09-07 Seiko Epson Corp Method and device for recognizing handwritten characters
US5195133A (en) * 1991-01-11 1993-03-16 Ncr Corporation Apparatus and method for producing a digitized transaction record including an encrypted signature
LU87882A1 (en) * 1991-01-30 1992-10-15 Europ Communities ULTRA-FAST CAMERA FOR VIEWING THE INTENSITY PROFILE OF A LASER PULSE
US5258855A (en) * 1991-03-20 1993-11-02 System X, L. P. Information processing methodology
JP2726594B2 (en) * 1991-04-01 1998-03-11 八洲電機株式会社 Memory pen
US5239489A (en) * 1991-05-06 1993-08-24 International Business Machines Corporation Pen position and tilt estimators for a digitizer tablet
US5550930A (en) * 1991-06-17 1996-08-27 Microsoft Corporation Method and system for training a handwriting recognizer at the time of misrecognition
US5383113A (en) * 1991-07-25 1995-01-17 Checkfree Corporation System and method for electronically providing customer services including payment of bills, financial analysis and loans
US5223677A (en) * 1991-09-09 1993-06-29 Ncr Corporation Handwriting capture device with insertable form interface
EP0536481A2 (en) * 1991-10-09 1993-04-14 Photographic Sciences Corporation Bar code reading instrument and selctively orientable graphics display which facilitates the operation of the instrument
CA2058219C (en) * 1991-10-21 2002-04-02 Smart Technologies Inc. Interactive display system
US5247137A (en) * 1991-10-25 1993-09-21 Mark Epperson Autonomous computer input device and marking instrument
DE4135496A1 (en) * 1991-10-28 1993-04-29 Deutsche Aerospace Electronic food ordering system with portable bar=code reader - has table number embossed as bar=code on table surface, and portable bar=code reader to select coded dishes on menu
US5559895A (en) * 1991-11-08 1996-09-24 Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. Adaptive method and system for real time verification of dynamic human signatures
US5455901A (en) * 1991-11-12 1995-10-03 Compaq Computer Corporation Input device with deferred translation
US5294792A (en) * 1991-12-31 1994-03-15 Texas Instruments Incorporated Writing tip position sensing and processing apparatus
US5428210A (en) * 1992-01-10 1995-06-27 National Bancard Corporation Data card terminal with embossed character reader and signature capture
US5347477A (en) * 1992-01-28 1994-09-13 Jack Lee Pen-based form computer
US5477012A (en) 1992-04-03 1995-12-19 Sekendur; Oral F. Optical position determination
US5754655A (en) * 1992-05-26 1998-05-19 Hughes; Thomas S. System for remote purchase payment and remote bill payment transactions
CA2097360A1 (en) * 1992-06-03 1993-12-04 Paul Dvorkis Optical readers
ATE148952T1 (en) * 1992-07-08 1997-02-15 Smart Pen Inc APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR REPRESENTING WRITTEN INFORMATION.
JPH0630186A (en) * 1992-07-10 1994-02-04 Fuji Xerox Co Ltd Driving method for image sensor and image sensor
US5326959A (en) * 1992-08-04 1994-07-05 Perazza Justin J Automated customer initiated entry remittance processing system
US5491325A (en) * 1992-08-25 1996-02-13 Huang; Dorge O. Method and system for payment and payment verification
US5321768A (en) * 1992-09-22 1994-06-14 The Research Foundation, State University Of New York At Buffalo System for recognizing handwritten character strings containing overlapping and/or broken characters
US5283829A (en) * 1992-10-01 1994-02-01 Bell Communications Research, Inc. System and method for paying bills electronically
US5248856A (en) * 1992-10-07 1993-09-28 Microfield Graphics, Inc. Code-based, electromagnetic-field-responsive graphic data-acquisition system
US5504677A (en) * 1992-10-15 1996-04-02 Pollin; Robert E. Automated payment system
US5465299A (en) * 1992-12-03 1995-11-07 Hitachi, Ltd. Electronic document processing system and method of forming digital signature
CA2110474C (en) * 1992-12-03 1998-07-07 Kevin D. Hunter Mail processing system having a barcode user interface
WO1994015272A1 (en) * 1992-12-22 1994-07-07 Morgan Michael W Pen-based electronic teaching system
US5453762A (en) * 1993-01-20 1995-09-26 Hitachi, Ltd. Systems for processing information and identifying individual
US5823829A (en) * 1993-01-31 1998-10-20 Suzuki; Hiroyuki Connection body's fitting connection structures and sockets structures to hold an electric bulb
US5324922A (en) * 1993-02-25 1994-06-28 Verifone, Inc. Apparatus and method for managing transactions
JPH06266490A (en) * 1993-03-12 1994-09-22 Toshiba Corp Information input device and position recognition system for information input
JP3526067B2 (en) * 1993-03-15 2004-05-10 株式会社東芝 Reproduction device and reproduction method
US7203903B1 (en) * 1993-05-20 2007-04-10 Microsoft Corporation System and methods for spacing, storing and recognizing electronic representations of handwriting, printing and drawings
JP3227906B2 (en) * 1993-05-31 2001-11-12 富士通株式会社 Handwriting input information processing device
US5444192A (en) * 1993-07-01 1995-08-22 Integral Information Systems Interactive data entry apparatus
US5855369A (en) 1993-08-27 1999-01-05 Lieberman; Lee Equipment for and methods of conducting a prize drawing game of chance
US5500937A (en) 1993-09-08 1996-03-19 Apple Computer, Inc. Method and apparatus for editing an inked object while simultaneously displaying its recognized object
JP2905373B2 (en) * 1993-10-01 1999-06-14 富士通株式会社 Disk control device and control method thereof
US5596656B1 (en) * 1993-10-06 2000-04-25 Xerox Corp Unistrokes for computerized interpretation of handwriting
US6366697B1 (en) * 1993-10-06 2002-04-02 Xerox Corporation Rotationally desensitized unistroke handwriting recognition
GB2282906B (en) * 1993-10-13 1996-11-06 Dataquill Ltd Data enty systems
US5465206B1 (en) * 1993-11-01 1998-04-21 Visa Int Service Ass Electronic bill pay system
US5434370A (en) * 1993-11-05 1995-07-18 Microfield Graphics, Inc. Marking system with pen-up/pen-down tracking
JP3277052B2 (en) * 1993-11-19 2002-04-22 シャープ株式会社 Coordinate input device and coordinate input method
US5774879A (en) * 1993-12-27 1998-06-30 First Data Corporation Automated financial instrument processing system
US5483069A (en) * 1993-12-27 1996-01-09 Toyo Communication Equipment Co., Ltd. Validation apparatus for flat paper object
US5561446A (en) * 1994-01-28 1996-10-01 Montlick; Terry F. Method and apparatus for wireless remote information retrieval and pen-based data entry
US5434371A (en) * 1994-02-01 1995-07-18 A.T. Cross Company Hand-held electronic writing tool
RU95103479A (en) 1994-03-11 1996-12-27 Уолкер Эссет Мэнеджмент Лимитед Партнершип (US) Game system, game computer, method for playing or drawing lottery when player participates in it
US5451998A (en) * 1994-04-04 1995-09-19 Hamrick; Daniel C. Home shopping video catalog
JP3423413B2 (en) * 1994-06-21 2003-07-07 キヤノン株式会社 Handwritten information recognition apparatus and method
US5737740A (en) 1994-06-27 1998-04-07 Numonics Apparatus and method for processing electronic documents
US5594226A (en) 1994-07-11 1997-01-14 Steger; Paul Automated check verification and tracking system using bar code information
US5544255A (en) * 1994-08-31 1996-08-06 Peripheral Vision Limited Method and system for the capture, storage, transport and authentication of handwritten signatures
US5854855A (en) * 1994-09-09 1998-12-29 Motorola, Inc. Method and system using meta-classes and polynomial discriminant functions for handwriting recognition
US5661506A (en) 1994-11-10 1997-08-26 Sia Technology Corporation Pen and paper information recording system using an imaging pen
US5488423A (en) 1994-11-17 1996-01-30 U.S. Narrow Networks, Inc. Home communication method and apparatus
US5664110A (en) * 1994-12-08 1997-09-02 Highpoint Systems, Inc. Remote ordering system
US5687081A (en) 1994-12-30 1997-11-11 Crown Equipment Corporation Lift truck control system
US5606674A (en) * 1995-01-03 1997-02-25 Intel Corporation Graphical user interface for transferring data between applications that support different metaphors
US5649173A (en) * 1995-03-06 1997-07-15 Seiko Epson Corporation Hardware architecture for image generation and manipulation
US5696906A (en) * 1995-03-09 1997-12-09 Continental Cablevision, Inc. Telecommunicaion user account management system and method
US5822291A (en) * 1995-03-23 1998-10-13 Zoom Television, Inc. Mass storage element and drive unit therefor
US5727163A (en) * 1995-03-30 1998-03-10 Amazon.Com, Inc. Secure method for communicating credit card data when placing an order on a non-secure network
FR2732801B1 (en) * 1995-04-07 1997-06-06 High Co DEVICE AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING ENCODED INFORMATION FOR BAR CODE AND CHIP CARD
US5587560A (en) * 1995-04-10 1996-12-24 At&T Global Information Solutions Company Portable handwritten data capture device and method of using
US6044171A (en) * 1995-05-09 2000-03-28 Polyakov; Vladislav G. Method and apparatus for pattern recognition and representation using fourier descriptors and iterative transformation-reparametrization
US5832460A (en) * 1995-06-02 1998-11-03 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for bill presentation and payment reconciliation
US5594225A (en) * 1995-06-07 1997-01-14 Botvin; Arthur D. Methods and systems for conducting financial transactions via facsimile
US5991441A (en) * 1995-06-07 1999-11-23 Wang Laboratories, Inc. Real time handwriting recognition system
US5871398A (en) 1995-06-30 1999-02-16 Walker Asset Management Limited Partnership Off-line remote system for lotteries and games of skill
US6311214B1 (en) 1995-07-27 2001-10-30 Digimarc Corporation Linking of computers based on optical sensing of digital data
US5870725A (en) * 1995-08-11 1999-02-09 Wachovia Corporation High volume financial image media creation and display system and method
US5640002A (en) * 1995-08-15 1997-06-17 Ruppert; Jonathan Paul Portable RF ID tag and barcode reader
US5673430A (en) * 1995-10-13 1997-09-30 At&T System and method for optimizing subscriber programming preferences
US5699528A (en) * 1995-10-31 1997-12-16 Mastercard International, Inc. System and method for bill delivery and payment over a communications network
US5870717A (en) * 1995-11-13 1999-02-09 International Business Machines Corporation System for ordering items over computer network using an electronic catalog
US6373573B1 (en) * 2000-03-13 2002-04-16 Lj Laboratories L.L.C. Apparatus for measuring optical characteristics of a substrate and pigments applied thereto
US5802498A (en) * 1996-01-11 1998-09-01 Comesanas; Jorge Computer-aided prepaid transmittal charge billing system
US5798514A (en) * 1996-01-11 1998-08-25 Accumed Inc. Circular bar code
US5892824A (en) * 1996-01-12 1999-04-06 International Verifact Inc. Signature capture/verification systems and methods
US5930768A (en) * 1996-02-06 1999-07-27 Supersonic Boom, Inc. Method and system for remote user controlled manufacturing
US5862325A (en) * 1996-02-29 1999-01-19 Intermind Corporation Computer-based communication system and method using metadata defining a control structure
US5809242A (en) * 1996-04-19 1998-09-15 Juno Online Services, L.P. Electronic mail system for displaying advertisement at local computer received from remote system while the local computer is off-line the remote system
US5835577A (en) * 1996-04-25 1998-11-10 Copytele, Inc. Multi-functional personal telecommunications apparatus
US5692073A (en) 1996-05-03 1997-11-25 Xerox Corporation Formless forms and paper web using a reference-based mark extraction technique
US5915022A (en) 1996-05-30 1999-06-22 Robinson; Rodney Aaron Method and apparatus for creating and using an encrypted digital receipt for electronic transactions
US5864635A (en) * 1996-06-14 1999-01-26 International Business Machines Corporation Distinguishing gestures from handwriting in a pen based computer by stroke analysis
US5850446A (en) * 1996-06-17 1998-12-15 Verifone, Inc. System, method and article of manufacture for virtual point of sale processing utilizing an extensible, flexible architecture
US5933531A (en) * 1996-08-23 1999-08-03 International Business Machines Corporation Verification and correction method and system for optical character recognition
US5890175A (en) * 1996-09-25 1999-03-30 Wong; Garland Dynamic generation and display of catalogs
US6130666A (en) * 1996-10-07 2000-10-10 Persidsky; Andre Self-contained pen computer with built-in display
US5854478A (en) * 1996-10-11 1998-12-29 Intermec Ip Corp. Method and apparatus for reading machine-readable symbols having surface or optical distortions
US5933829A (en) * 1996-11-08 1999-08-03 Neomedia Technologies, Inc. Automatic access of electronic information through secure machine-readable codes on printed documents
EP0887753B1 (en) * 1996-11-15 2007-10-24 Toho Business Management Center Business management system
JPH10293803A (en) * 1996-11-15 1998-11-04 Toho Business Kanri Center:Kk Business management system
US5889888A (en) * 1996-12-05 1999-03-30 3Com Corporation Method and apparatus for immediate response handwriting recognition system that handles multiple character sets
US6010483A (en) * 1996-12-23 2000-01-04 Spencer; Robert F. Patient controlled analgesia device for use with ultrashort acting opioid medication and method for using the same
IT1289528B1 (en) * 1996-12-27 1998-10-15 Lab Mag Spa PROCEDURE FOR THE PREPARATION OF ACID 13, CIS-RETINOIC
US6070798A (en) 1997-02-21 2000-06-06 Nethery; Kee Purchaser generated transaction recording and negotiable instrument payment system
US5866856A (en) * 1997-02-28 1999-02-02 Electronics For Imaging, Inc. Marking device for electronic presentation board
US6330608B1 (en) 1997-03-31 2001-12-11 Stiles Inventions L.L.C. Method and system of a computer system for establishing communications between a service provider and a central service factory and registry in a computer system
US6202151B1 (en) * 1997-05-09 2001-03-13 Gte Service Corporation System and method for authenticating electronic transactions using biometric certificates
JP3693464B2 (en) * 1997-05-22 2005-09-07 ローム株式会社 Display panel drive device
US5949044A (en) * 1997-06-13 1999-09-07 Walker Asset Management Limited Partnership Method and apparatus for funds and credit line transfers
UA64751C2 (en) * 1997-06-25 2004-03-15 Пфайзер Продактс Інк. Treatment of insulin tolerance using substances increasing growth hormone secretion
US6029141A (en) * 1997-06-27 2000-02-22 Amazon.Com, Inc. Internet-based customer referral system
US6018724A (en) * 1997-06-30 2000-01-25 Sun Micorsystems, Inc. Method and apparatus for authenticating on-line transaction data
US6008807A (en) * 1997-07-14 1999-12-28 Microsoft Corporation Method and system for controlling the display of objects in a slide show presentation
US5910988A (en) * 1997-08-27 1999-06-08 Csp Holdings, Inc. Remote image capture with centralized processing and storage
US5939702A (en) * 1997-10-10 1999-08-17 Motorola, Inc. Writing implement having an integrated optical reader
US5970475A (en) * 1997-10-10 1999-10-19 Intelisys Electronic Commerce, Llc Electronic procurement system and method for trading partners
WO1999019823A2 (en) 1997-10-10 1999-04-22 Interval Research Corporation Methods and systems for providing human/computer interfaces
US6250548B1 (en) * 1997-10-16 2001-06-26 Mcclure Neil Electronic voting system
US6151611A (en) * 1997-10-31 2000-11-21 Hewlett-Packard Company System for editing graphical data based upon relative time of entry
US6377249B1 (en) * 1997-11-12 2002-04-23 Excel Tech Electronic light pen system
US6021397A (en) * 1997-12-02 2000-02-01 Financial Engines, Inc. Financial advisory system
US6446871B1 (en) * 1997-12-19 2002-09-10 A.T. Cross Company Method and apparatus for storing reference codes in a writing instrument and for retrieving information identifed by the reference codes
US6181329B1 (en) * 1997-12-23 2001-01-30 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Method and apparatus for tracking a hand-held writing instrument with multiple sensors that are calibrated by placing the writing instrument in predetermined positions with respect to the writing surface
US6073734A (en) * 1997-12-31 2000-06-13 Dana Corporation Drum brake dust shield
US6229807B1 (en) 1998-02-04 2001-05-08 Frederic Bauchot Process of monitoring the activity status of terminals in a digital communication system
US6456749B1 (en) * 1998-02-27 2002-09-24 Carnegie Mellon University Handheld apparatus for recognition of writing, for remote communication, and for user defined input templates
US6729543B1 (en) * 1998-03-06 2004-05-04 Audiovelocity, Inc. Page identification system and method
US6330976B1 (en) * 1998-04-01 2001-12-18 Xerox Corporation Marking medium area with encoded identifier for producing action through network
US6307956B1 (en) * 1998-04-07 2001-10-23 Gerald R. Black Writing implement for identity verification system
EP1145101B1 (en) * 1998-04-24 2003-06-25 Natural Input Solutions Inc. Pen based edit correction interface method
US6985643B1 (en) * 1998-04-30 2006-01-10 Anoto Group Ab Device and method for recording hand-written information
US6101483A (en) * 1998-05-29 2000-08-08 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Personal shopping system portable terminal
US20010013855A1 (en) * 1998-06-12 2001-08-16 Jean-Philippe Fricker Resistive and capacitive touchpad
US6008727A (en) * 1998-09-10 1999-12-28 Xerox Corporation Selectively enabled electronic tags
US6964374B1 (en) 1998-10-02 2005-11-15 Lucent Technologies Inc. Retrieval and manipulation of electronically stored information via pointers embedded in the associated printed material
US6615234B1 (en) * 1999-05-11 2003-09-02 Taylor Corporation System and method for network-based document delivery
US7175079B1 (en) * 1999-05-25 2007-02-13 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Method and system for online purchasing
US7762453B2 (en) * 1999-05-25 2010-07-27 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Method of providing information via a printed substrate with every interaction
US7721948B1 (en) * 1999-05-25 2010-05-25 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Method and system for online payments
US7178718B2 (en) * 1999-05-25 2007-02-20 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Methods and systems for object identification and interaction
US7707082B1 (en) * 1999-05-25 2010-04-27 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Method and system for bill management
JP4785310B2 (en) * 1999-05-28 2011-10-05 アノト アクティエボラーク Products used to record information
AU762560B2 (en) 1999-06-30 2003-06-26 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Method and system for banking
US6456740B1 (en) * 1999-07-26 2002-09-24 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for identifying form type in a handwriting recognition based form completion system
US7108192B2 (en) * 1999-09-17 2006-09-19 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Rotationally symmetric tags
US6573880B1 (en) 1999-11-16 2003-06-03 Xerox Corporation Applications for electronic reusable paper
US6686579B2 (en) * 2000-04-22 2004-02-03 International Business Machines Corporation Digital pen using speckle tracking
US7154638B1 (en) * 2000-05-23 2006-12-26 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Printed page tag encoder
CN1181662C (en) * 2000-07-21 2004-12-22 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Hand written character input method for mobile telephone and mobile phone with said function
GB0108982D0 (en) * 2001-04-10 2001-05-30 Merck Sharp & Dohme Therapeutic agents
GB0109136D0 (en) 2001-04-11 2001-05-30 Hasbro Internat Inc Data store and data store operating apparatus
US7571140B2 (en) * 2002-12-16 2009-08-04 First Data Corporation Payment management
US7707039B2 (en) * 2004-02-15 2010-04-27 Exbiblio B.V. Automatic modification of web pages
US7577587B2 (en) * 2004-07-07 2009-08-18 Sap Ag Purchase order and purchase order response interactive forms

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
FR2516673A1 (en) * 1981-11-17 1983-05-20 Squagep Sa Computerised management system for self service restaurant - uses optical bar code readers to signal dishes purchased and required from preparation room and partic, customer for which they are intended
GB2202664A (en) * 1985-10-22 1988-09-28 Gary Douglas Robb Automated service systems
US5852434A (en) * 1992-04-03 1998-12-22 Sekendur; Oral F. Absolute optical position determination
DE4326756C1 (en) * 1993-08-10 1994-09-08 Ekkehard Dr Stephan Ordering and billing system
US5652412A (en) * 1994-07-11 1997-07-29 Sia Technology Corp. Pen and paper information recording system
GB2306669A (en) * 1995-11-01 1997-05-07 Ricoh Kk Manual entry interactive paper and electronic document handling and processing system
JPH10194562A (en) * 1996-12-27 1998-07-28 Minolta Co Ltd Image forming device
US6076734A (en) * 1997-10-07 2000-06-20 Interval Research Corporation Methods and systems for providing human/computer interfaces
WO1999050787A1 (en) * 1998-04-01 1999-10-07 Xerox Corporation Cross-network functions via linked hardcopy and electronic documents

Non-Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
DATABASE WPI Derwent World Patents Index; Class T01, AN 1983-J2477K *
DATABASE WPI Derwent World Patents Index; Class T01, AN 1994-272632 *
DYMETMAN, M.; COPPERMAN, M., INTELLIGENT PAPER, 30 March 1998 (1998-03-30), pages 392 - 406
PATENT ABSTRACTS OF JAPAN *

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7333947B2 (en) 2000-11-13 2008-02-19 Anoto Ab Network-based system
WO2003007211A1 (en) * 2001-07-13 2003-01-23 Anoto Ab Electronic pen catalog ordering system and method of using the catalog to stimulate electronic pen use
WO2008046128A1 (en) * 2006-10-17 2008-04-24 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd User interaction causing click facilitator to collect ad click-through fee
US7775440B2 (en) 2006-10-17 2010-08-17 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Method of displaying advertisement to a user
US7855811B2 (en) 2006-10-17 2010-12-21 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Method of providing search results to a user

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR100719394B1 (en) 2007-05-17
EP1242969A1 (en) 2002-09-25
US20030093378A1 (en) 2003-05-15
US7918405B2 (en) 2011-04-05
KR20020009615A (en) 2002-02-01
CA2371538A1 (en) 2000-11-30
SG122796A1 (en) 2006-06-29
JP2004532435A (en) 2004-10-21
US7451115B2 (en) 2008-11-11
JP2003500760A (en) 2003-01-07
US20030130903A1 (en) 2003-07-10
US20090090768A1 (en) 2009-04-09
SG121827A1 (en) 2006-05-26
CN1363073A (en) 2002-08-07
MXPA01012068A (en) 2003-07-28
IL169597A (en) 2010-11-30
IL146607A (en) 2008-08-07
MXPA01012069A (en) 2003-07-28
US20080193052A1 (en) 2008-08-14
IL146606A (en) 2007-06-17
CA2371947A1 (en) 2000-11-30
KR20020013548A (en) 2002-02-20
US20090020345A1 (en) 2009-01-22
IL146606A0 (en) 2002-07-25
AU4725700A (en) 2000-12-12
CN1329799C (en) 2007-08-01
US20090302107A1 (en) 2009-12-10
EP1242969B1 (en) 2011-01-05
ATE492857T1 (en) 2011-01-15
US7703693B2 (en) 2010-04-27
AU776862B2 (en) 2004-09-23
BR0010849A (en) 2003-07-01
US20030093376A1 (en) 2003-05-15
EP1242969A4 (en) 2004-06-16
CN1680957A (en) 2005-10-12
US20050267841A1 (en) 2005-12-01
US7222098B2 (en) 2007-05-22
US7263508B2 (en) 2007-08-28
US7590561B2 (en) 2009-09-15
US20050278254A1 (en) 2005-12-15
US8010414B2 (en) 2011-08-30
US7464880B2 (en) 2008-12-16
EP1224614B1 (en) 2010-12-22
US20100219239A1 (en) 2010-09-02
CN1624711A (en) 2005-06-08
US20110288949A1 (en) 2011-11-24
EP1224614A1 (en) 2002-07-24
ATE494601T1 (en) 2011-01-15
US7891547B2 (en) 2011-02-22
IL146607A0 (en) 2002-07-25
BR0010862A (en) 2002-07-02
JP4606598B2 (en) 2011-01-05
EP1224614A4 (en) 2004-06-16
US20060218099A1 (en) 2006-09-28
US20040215562A1 (en) 2004-10-28
US7721948B1 (en) 2010-05-25
AU4725800A (en) 2000-12-12
US7832630B2 (en) 2010-11-16
SG121826A1 (en) 2006-05-26
JP4606597B2 (en) 2011-01-05
US8100329B2 (en) 2012-01-24
US20030208410A1 (en) 2003-11-06
US20030093377A1 (en) 2003-05-15
US20090057392A1 (en) 2009-03-05
CN1354864A (en) 2002-06-19
WO2000072241A1 (en) 2000-11-30
US20070244834A1 (en) 2007-10-18
SG122806A1 (en) 2006-06-29
US7958157B2 (en) 2011-06-07
KR100804846B1 (en) 2008-02-20
DE60045490D1 (en) 2011-02-17
SG122805A1 (en) 2006-06-29
SG121828A1 (en) 2006-05-26
AU762210B2 (en) 2003-06-19
DE60045420D1 (en) 2011-02-03
US20030093335A1 (en) 2003-05-15
US20100202704A1 (en) 2010-08-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
AU776862B2 (en) Method and system for online purchasing
EP1344173B1 (en) Method and system for online purchasing
EP1232475A1 (en) Method and system for delivery of a greeting card
WO2000072245A1 (en) Method and system for bill management
WO2000072204A1 (en) Interactive paper publisher
AU2003254721B2 (en) Method and system for online purchasing using processing sensor
AU2006200748B2 (en) Method of inputting information into a computer system via printed form
AU2005202453A1 (en) Computer system for enabling purchasing using printed interface

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 00807956.0

Country of ref document: CN

AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY CA CH CN CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VN YU ZA ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2000 620561

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1020017014664

Country of ref document: KR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2371538

Country of ref document: CA

Ref document number: 2371538

Country of ref document: CA

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: PA/a/2001/012069

Country of ref document: MX

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2000929035

Country of ref document: EP

Ref document number: 47258/00

Country of ref document: AU

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1020017014664

Country of ref document: KR

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2000929035

Country of ref document: EP

WWG Wipo information: grant in national office

Ref document number: 47258/00

Country of ref document: AU